Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

can+you+add+two+and+two+

  • 101 tylko

    part. 1. (wyłącznie) only
    - tylko siostra mnie odwiedza only my sister comes to see me
    - nie robił nic całymi dniami, tylko spał he did nothing but sleep all day
    - on tylko by jadł he could eat all day long
    - zgodziłem się tylko dlatego, żeby zrobić jej przyjemność I only agreed so as to please her
    - „tylko dla mężczyzn” ‘men only’
    - „tylko do użytku zewnętrznego” ‘for external use only’
    2. (zaledwie) only, just
    - mieszkam tu tylko dwa lata I’ve only been living here a. lived here for two years
    - było nas tylko pięcioro there were only a. just five of us
    - uśmiechał się tylko i nic nie mówił he merely a. just smiled and said nothing
    - to tylko dziecko she’s/he’s merely a. only a child
    - tylko spójrz na nią just look at her
    - odprowadź nas tylko do przystanku just take us as far as the bus stop
    3. (prośba, groźba) just, only
    - tylko uważaj, przechodząc przez jezdnię! just be careful crossing the street!
    - tylko pomyśl/wyobraź sobie! just think!/imagine!
    - tylko spróbuj! just try, that’s all!
    - niech no on tylko piśnie! just let him open his mouth!
    conj. (ale) only, but
    - możesz tu zostać, tylko nie hałasuj you can stay (here), only a. but don’t make any noise!
    - każdy, tylko nie on! anybody but him!
    - wszystko, tylko nie to! anything but that!
    - wszędzie można go spotkać, tylko nie w szkole the only place you won’t see him is at school
    - on nie jest głupi, tylko leniwy he’s not stupid, just lazy
    - nie zadzwonił, tylko napisał he didn’t phone, he wrote a letter
    - tylko że only
    - rada cenna, tylko że spóźniona valuable advice, only it comes rather late książk.
    - kupiłbym to mieszkanie, tylko że nie mam pieniędzy I’d buy the flat, only I don’t have the money
    - nie tylko… lecz również a. także a. ale i… not only… but also…
    - nie tylko Polacy, ale i a. lecz również Litwini not only (the) Poles, but also (the) Lithuanians
    - nie tylko ograbili sklep, ale i powybijali wszystkie szyby they not only robbed the shop, they also broke all the windows
    adv. only
    - zupa błyskawiczna – tylko zalać wrzątkiem i gotowe instant soup – just add boiling water and it’s ready
    - nasza prośba tylko go rozwścieczyła our request merely a. simply infuriated him
    - co tylko zechcesz whatever you want
    - kiedy tylko nadarzy się sposobność as soon as an opportunity presents itself
    - jak tylko wrócę do domu as soon as I get back home
    - odkąd tylko pamiętam as far back as I can remember
    - bierz, ile tylko udźwigniesz take as much as you can carry
    - byle tylko as long as
    tylko czekać a. patrzeć, jak tu będą they’ll be here any moment now
    - jej tylko w głowie stroje a. ona ma tylko stroje w głowie the only thing she thinks about is clothes
    - brat tylko co wyszedł my brother’s only just left
    * * *
    1. part
    only, just

    tylko zacznij, ja będę kontynuował — just do begin, and I will take over

    zrobię wszystko, tylko nie to — I will do anything but this

    tylko nie on!anybody lub anyone but him!

    2. conj

    gdyby/jeśli tylko — if only

    kiedy tylko wstałem, on usiadł — as soon as I stood up, he sat down

    nie tylko..., ale (również)... — not only..., but (also)...

    tylko że... — only...

    * * *
    particle
    only; just; gdybym tylko wiedziała if only I had known; kiedy tylko chcesz whenever you want; tylko co (= przed chwilą) just; tylko nie ja! anybody but me!; tylko patrzeć, jak... pot. before long...; tylko nie hałasujcie! just make sure not to make any noise!; tylko spokojnie! stay calm!; tylko tego brakowało! that's the limit!, that beats all; tylko i wyłącznie exclusively; żebyś tylko się nie wygadał! just don't spill the beans!; nic tylko śpiewa he does nothing but sings.
    conj.
    but; nie jest głupi, tylko leniwy he's not so much stupid as lazy; wpadłbym, tylko że nie mogę I'd drop in, but I cannot; nie tylko rowery, ale i samochody not only bikes, but also cars; wtedy i tylko wtedy, gdy when, and only when,...

    The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > tylko

  • 102 el

    art.
    el coche the car
    la casa the house
    los niños the children
    el agua/hacha/águila the water/ax/eagle
    fui a recoger a los niños I went to pick up the children
    * * *
    el
    1 the
    la Sra. Rodríguez Mrs. Rodríguez
    2 el de the one
    3 el que (persona - sujeto) the one who; (- objeto) the one, the one that, the one whom
    4 (cosa) the one, the one that, the one which
    * * *
    1. pron. 2. art.
    * * *
    el; la; los; las
    ART DEF
    1) [con nombres de referente único o concreto] the

    ¿está fría el agua? — is the water cold?

    ¿ha llegado ya el abogado? — has the lawyer arrived yet?

    el tío ese* that chap

    2) [en algunos casos no se traduce]
    a) [con nombres propios]

    ¿qué manda la señora? — what would madam like?

    ha llamado el Sr. Sendra — Mr. Sendra called

    dáselo a la Luisa* give it to Luisa

    b) [con nombres en sentido genérico]
    c) [con infinitivo]

    el hacerlo fue un error — doing it was a mistake, it was a mistake to do it

    d) [con cifras, proporciones]

    ahora gano el 3% más — I now earn 3% more

    3) [traducido por el posesivo]
    4) [con expresiones temporales]
    5) (=uso distributivo)
    6) [en exclamaciones]

    ¡el frío que hacía! — it was freezing!

    7) [posesivo]

    el de, mi libro y el de usted — my book and yours

    el del sombrero rojothe one with o in the red hat

    es un traje bonito, pero prefiero el de Ana — it's a nice suit, but I prefer Ana's

    y el de todos los demás — and that of everybody else, and everybody else's

    8)

    el que

    a) + indic

    él es el que quiere — it's he who wants to, he's the one who wants to

    los que hacen eso son tontos — anyone who does that is a fool, those who do so are foolish

    b) + subjun whoever

    el que quiera, que lo haga — whoever wants to can do it

    * * *
    (pl los), la (pl las) articulo
    [the masculine article el is also used before feminine nouns which begin with accented a or ha, e.g. el agua pura, el hada madrina]
    1)

    ¿ya vas a la escuela? — do you go to school yet?

    el mío/las tuyas — mine/yours

    el rojo/último — the red/last one

    los nacidos entre... — those born between...

    2)
    a)

    el + de...: la del sombrero the one with the hat; el de Valencia the one from Valencia; el de las nueve the nine o'clock one; el de Juan/de mi hijo — Juan's/my son's

    b)

    el + que...: el que acaba de entrar the one who's just come in; las que yo ví the ones I saw; los que estén cansados; those who are tired, anyone who's tired; la que te guste whichever you like; el que lo haya hecho — whoever has done it

    el mes pasado/que viene — last/next month

    4) ( cada)

    $80 el metro/kilo — $80 a meter/a kilo

    5) (con fracciones, porcentajes, números)

    la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero — half the money/a quarter of the money

    el 20% de... — 20% of...

    el cuarto pisothe fifth floor (AmE) o (BrE) fourth floor

    6) (refiriéndose a partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc)
    a) (con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc)

    el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal — Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal

    b) ( en plural)
    * * *
    (pl los), la (pl las) articulo
    [the masculine article el is also used before feminine nouns which begin with accented a or ha, e.g. el agua pura, el hada madrina]
    1)

    ¿ya vas a la escuela? — do you go to school yet?

    el mío/las tuyas — mine/yours

    el rojo/último — the red/last one

    los nacidos entre... — those born between...

    2)
    a)

    el + de...: la del sombrero the one with the hat; el de Valencia the one from Valencia; el de las nueve the nine o'clock one; el de Juan/de mi hijo — Juan's/my son's

    b)

    el + que...: el que acaba de entrar the one who's just come in; las que yo ví the ones I saw; los que estén cansados; those who are tired, anyone who's tired; la que te guste whichever you like; el que lo haya hecho — whoever has done it

    el mes pasado/que viene — last/next month

    4) ( cada)

    $80 el metro/kilo — $80 a meter/a kilo

    5) (con fracciones, porcentajes, números)

    la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero — half the money/a quarter of the money

    el 20% de... — 20% of...

    el cuarto pisothe fifth floor (AmE) o (BrE) fourth floor

    6) (refiriéndose a partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc)
    a) (con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc)

    el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal — Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal

    b) ( en plural)
    * * *
    el2
    = the, ye.

    Ex: The first institute, 'The Catalog: Its Nature and Prospects,' was held in New York City on October 9 and 10, 1975.

    Ex: The article 'Ye olde smart card' presents an annotated list of information sources on the credit card industry.
    * a lo extremo = to the extreme.
    * aunque no lo creas = believe it or not.
    * barrio de los ricos = upper town.
    * de los mejores = as good as any.
    * el abuelo de = the granddaddy of.
    * el acabose = the last straw.
    * el alcance = comprehensiveness.
    * el amor de + Posesivo + vida = the love of + Posesivo + life.
    * el año próximo = the year ahead.
    * el arte de = the art of, the fine art of.
    * el ataque es la mejor defensa = attack is the best form of defence.
    * el auténtico = the real McCoy.
    * el beneficio de la duda = the benefit of the doubt.
    * el bien de = the good of.
    * el buenazo de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.
    * el bueno de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.
    * el camino a seguir = the way ahead, the way to go.
    * el camino correcto = the way ahead, the way to go.
    * el camino hacia + Nombre + está lleno de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.
    * el camino hacia + Nombre + está plagado de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.
    * el camino por recorrer = the way ahead.
    * el camino que lleva a = a/the doorway to.
    * el camino recorrido = the road travelled so far.
    * el camino se hace andando = actions speak louder than words.
    * el centro de atención + ser = all eyes + be + on.
    * el charco = the big pond.
    * el ciudadano de a pie = the average Joe.
    * el ciudadano medio = the average Joe.
    * el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.
    * el colmo = the last straw.
    * el consejo de otra persona = a second opinion.
    * el copón = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.
    * el corazón de = the heart of.
    * el crecimiento de = the rising tide of.
    * el cual = which.
    * el de = that in, that of.
    * el diablo está en los detalles = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * el día del Juicio Final = the Day of Judgement.
    * El Diluvio = the Flood.
    * el dinero es el origen de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.
    * el dinero es la fuente de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.
    * el dinero mueve al mundo = money makes the world go (a)round.
    * el dinero no crece en los árboles = money doesn't grow on trees.
    * el doble = twice + as many.
    * el doble de = twice + the number of.
    * El Dorado = El Dorado.
    * el enemigo en casa = the enemy within.
    * el entonces + Nombre = the then + Nombre.
    * el espíritu de la época = the spirit of the times.
    * el estado de las cosas = the lay of the land [the lie of the land, -UK].
    * el evitar = avoidance.
    * el éxito genera éxito = success breeds success (SBS).
    * el éxito llama al éxito = success breeds success (SBS).
    * el final de = the close of.
    * el final de los problemas = the light at the end of the tunnel.
    * el fin del mundo = the ends of the earth.
    * el fin de semana = over the weekend, at the weekend.
    * el fin de todos los fines = the end of all ends.
    * el fin justifica los medios = the end justifies the means.
    * el fruto de + Nombre = the fruit of + Nombre.
    * el futuro = the way ahead, the way of the future.
    * el futuro + estar + justo a la vuelta de la esquina = the future + be + just around the corner.
    * el Gato con Botas = Puss in Boots.
    * el grado de = the extent of.
    * el grado de + Nombre = the breadth and depth of + Nombre.
    * el grado en que = the extent to which.
    * el gran hermano = big brother.
    * el guapo de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.
    * el hecho es que = fact is, the fact is (that).
    * el hecho es que... = the fact of the matter is that....
    * el hombre de la calle = the average Joe.
    * el hombre no es una isla = no man is an island.
    * el hombre propone y Dios dispone = Man proposes, God disposes.
    * el impulsor de = the power behind.
    * el interés público = the public interest.
    * El Juicio Final = The Last Judgement.
    * el lastre de = the shackles of.
    * el llevar = carrying.
    * el lugar que le corresponde a = the due place of.
    * El Mago de Oz = The Wizard of Oz, The Wizard of Oz.
    * el más = all-time.
    * el más + Adjetivo = the most + Adjetivo.
    * el más allá = hereafter.
    * el más bajo = rock-bottom.
    * el más favorito del mes = pick of the month.
    * el más leído = the most widely read.
    * el más recomendado = best of breed, the.
    * el Mediterráneo = Mediterranean Sea, the, the Med.
    * el mejor = best of breed, the.
    * el mejor de todos = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.
    * el mejor hasta ahora = the best yet.
    * el mejor modo de = the best way of.
    * el mejor momento de todos = the time of all times.
    * el mejor + Nombre = the best available + Nombre.
    * el mejor que ha hecho hasta ahora = Posesivo + best yet.
    * el mentir = lying.
    * el mes pasado = last month.
    * el mío = mine.
    * el mismo + Nombre (+ que) = every bit as much + Nombre (+ as).
    * el mismo número = as many.
    * el modo como = the way in which.
    * el modo de = the way in which.
    * el modo de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.
    * el momento preciso = the point in time at which.
    * el motor de = the power behind.
    * el movimiento se demuestra andando = actions speak louder than words.
    * el muerto al hoyo y el vivo al bollo = dead men have no friends.
    * el mundo de las noticias = newsmaking.
    * el mundo en la palma de la mano = the world in the palm of + Posesivo + hand.
    * el mundo está a sus pies = the world is + Posesivo + oyster.
    * el mundo es un pañuelo = it's a small world.
    * el + Nombre + correcto al + Nombre + adecuado en el momento oportuno = the right + Nombre + to the right + Nombre + at the right time.
    * el + Nombre + es inestimable = the + Nombre + cannot be overestimated.
    * el + Nombre + más completo = the + Nombre + to end all + Nombre.
    * el no va más = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * el nuevo aspecto de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.
    * el orgullo de = showpiece.
    * el otro lado de la barrera = the other side of the fence.
    * el padre de = the father of.
    * el pan nuestro de cada día = all in a day's work.
    * el paso del tiempo = the passage of time, the sands of time.
    * el peor de todos = the worst of the lot.
    * el perro es el mejor amigo del hombre = a dog is man's best friend.
    * el peso de = brunt of, the.
    * el populacho = the great unwashed.
    * el porqué de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.
    * el portavoz de = the voice of.
    * el presente = thisness.
    * el primer intento = the first time around.
    * el primer + Nombre = the earliest + Nombre.
    * el primero mencionado = former.
    * el principal = the number one.
    * el principio de = the dawn of.
    * el principio del fin = the beginning of the end.
    * el principio de + Mes/Estación = early + Mes/Estación.
    * el problema no es el qué, sino el cómo = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * el problema obvio = the elephant in the room.
    * el proletariado = the great unwashed.
    * el pulmón de = the heart of.
    * el punto más bajo = rock-bottom.
    * el que = that, the one.
    * el que aprende = learner.
    * el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.
    * el que lo encuentre se lo queda = finders keepers.
    * el que mantiene a la familia = breadwinner [bread winner].
    * el que mucho abarca poco aprieta = jack of all trades, master of none.
    * el que no llora, no mama = the squeaky (squeaking) wheel gets the grease (the oil/oiled).
    * el que no se aventura no cruza el mar = nothing ventured, nothing gained.
    * el que pregunta = inquirer [enquirer, -UK].
    * el quid de la cuestión = the crux of the problem, the crux of the matter.
    * el registro de los registros = record-of-record.
    * el registro modelo = record-of-record.
    * el resto = rest, the.
    * el resto (de) = the remainder (of), the rest (of).
    * El Salvador = El Salvador.
    * el segundo mencionado = latter.
    * el sendero que lleva a = a/the doorway to.
    * el ser barato = cheapness.
    * el siguiente no, el otro = next but one.
    * el sitio adecuado en el momento adecuado = the right place at the right time.
    * el sueño de toda persona = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * el sueño de todos = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * el sueño de todo ser viviente = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * el súmmum = the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * el tamaño de = the extent of.
    * el tema de la discusión = the focus of the discussion.
    * el tema del debate = the focus of the discussion.
    * el tiempo de Algo = in season.
    * el tiempo es oro = time is money.
    * el tiempo lo dirá = only time will tell.
    * el tiempo vuela = time flies (by).
    * el tipo de = the range of.
    * el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.
    * el total de = the total sum of, the sum total of.
    * el transcurrir del tiempo = the sands of time.
    * el transcurso del tiempo = as time goes by.
    * el último citado = latter.
    * el último grito = the last word, the cat's meow, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * el último + Nombre = the latest + Nombre.
    * el último pero no el menos importante = the last but by no means least.
    * el único = the one and only.
    * el único e incomparable = the one and only.
    * el único e inimitable = the one and only.
    * el único problema = a fly in the soup, the fly in the ointment.
    * el verdadero = the real McCoy.
    * el verdadero problema = the elephant in the room.
    * el ver televisión = television viewing.
    * el viejo = the elder.
    * el vulgo = the great unwashed.
    * el yugo de = the shackles of.
    * espicharlas = kick + the bucket.
    * la = the, ye.
    * la alternativa + ser = the alternative + be.
    * la belleza es superficial = beauty is only skin deep.
    * La Biblioteca Responde = Ask the Library.
    * la Biblioteca y el Archivo de Canadá = Library and Archives Canada.
    * la buena noticia = the good news.
    * la calidad es nuestro lema = quality is our middle name.
    * la calma que precede a la tormenta = the lull before the storm.
    * la cambiante fisonomía de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.
    * la caridad empieza por uno mismo = charity begins at home.
    * la ciudadana de a pie = the average Jane.
    * la ciudadana media = the average Jane.
    * la ciudad que nunca duerme = the city that never sleeps.
    * la clave de = at the heart of.
    * la clave está en la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * la comunidad en general = the community at large.
    * la Convención de la Haya de 1954 = the 1954 Hague Convention.
    * la copa del árbol = the top of the tree.
    * la cosa es que = the thing is.
    * la cosa principal = the number one thing.
    * la crème de la crème = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.
    * la cruz de = the bane of.
    * la cuestión es que = the thing is.
    * la década de los + Número = the + Número + s.
    * la demanda de = a call for.
    * la diversidad de = the range of.
    * la diversidad de + Nombre = the many + Nombre.
    * la edad se lleva en el alma = you are as old as you feel.
    * la época de Algo = in season.
    * la escoria de la sociedad = the gutter.
    * la espalda de = the back of.
    * la evidencia = the writing on the wall.
    * la fe mueve montañas = faith will move mountains.
    * la filosofía de = the reason behind, the reasoning behind.
    * la flor de + Nombre = the prime of + Nombre.
    * la flor y nata = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.
    * la forma correcta de hacer las cosas = the way to go.
    * la forma de = ways and means (of/for/to/in/by).
    * la forma de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.
    * la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.
    * la fuerza de la mayoría = strength in numbers.
    * la gente decía que = rumour had it that.
    * la gente dice que = rumour has it that.
    * la gente se está inquietando = the natives are nervous.
    * la gente se está poniendo nerviosa = the natives are nervous.
    * la gente se puso de pie para aplaudir = standing ovation.
    * la gota que colmó el vaso = the straw that broke the camel's back.
    * la Gran Manzana = the Big Apple.
    * la gran mayoría de = the vast majority of, the bulk of.
    * la historia + repetirse = history + come full circle.
    * la historia + volverse a repetir = history + come full circle.
    * la hostia = the cat's pyjamas, the cat's pyjamas, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * la hoz y el martillo = the hammer and sickle.
    * la idea que hay detrás de = the idea behind.
    * la imaginación no tiene límites = your imagination is the limit.
    * la imitación es la mejor forma de que lo halaguen a uno = imitation is the sincerest form of flattery.
    * La Isla del Tesoro = Treasure Island.
    * la joya de = showpiece.
    * la judicatura = the Bench.
    * la justicia = the Bench.
    * la juventud no es cuestión de edad sino de espíritu = you are as old as you feel.
    * la leche = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.
    * la luz al final del túnel = the light at the end of the tunnel.
    * la magistratura = the Bench.
    * la manera de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.
    * la mano que mece la cuna es la mano que domina el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.
    * la mano que mece la cuna gobierna el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.
    * la mar de = a whole slew of.
    * la mayoría con mucho de = the vast majority of.
    * la mayoría de = the majority of, most + Nombre, the main bulk of.
    * la mayoría de la gente = most people, the majority of the people.
    * la mayoría de las personas = most people, the majority of the people.
    * la mayoría de las veces = most of the time, more often than not.
    * la mayoría del mundo = the majority of the world, most people, the majority of the people.
    * la mayoría del tiempo = most of the time.
    * la mayor parte de = the majority of, the main bulk of, the lion's share of.
    * la mayor parte de las veces = more often than not.
    * la medida en que = the extent to which.
    * la mejor forma de hacer Algo = best practices, lessons learned [lessons learnt].
    * la mejor manera = how best.
    * la mejor manera de = the best way of.
    * la mejor oferta = the best deal.
    * la mejor opción = the best bet.
    * la mejor salida = the best way forward.
    * la mejor solución = the best way forward.
    * la menor duda de que = no doubt whatsoever.
    * la mentira = lying.
    * la mirada en = eye(s) on.
    * la misma persona = one and the same person.
    * la mitad (1/2) = one-half (1/2).
    * la necesidad agudiza el ingenio = necessity mothers invention.
    * la ocasión la pintan calva = make + hay while the sun shines.
    * la opinión de otra persona = a second opinion.
    * la oportunidad de + Posesivo + vida = the opportunity of a lifetime.
    * la parte de atrás de = the back of.
    * la parte más dura de = brunt of, the.
    * la parte más importante = the heart of.
    * la parte principal de = the bulk of.
    * la parte superior izquierda de = the upper left of.
    * la parte trasera de = the back of.
    * la personificación de la confianza en uno mismo = confidence personified.
    * la pesadilla de = the bane of.
    * la pesca del día = the day's catch, the catch of the day.
    * la petición de = a call for.
    * la píldora = the pill.
    * la plebe = the great unwashed.
    * la polla = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.
    * la práctica hace al maestro = practice makes perfect.
    * la primera tentativa = the first time around.
    * la primera vez = the first time around.
    * la proporción mayor de = the lion's share of.
    * la próxima moda = the next hot thing.
    * la puntilla = the final/last nail in + Posesivo + coffin.
    * la que = that, the one.
    * la razón de ser = the reason for being.
    * la realidad es que = the fact remains that..., fact is, the fact is (that).
    * la rehostia = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.
    * la responsabilidad ahora recae en + Nombre = the ball is in + Posesivo + court.
    * la responsabilidad es de... = the buck + stops....
    * la riqueza de = the wealth of.
    * la ruina de = the bane of.
    * las = the, ye.
    * las 24 horas = round the clock, around the clock.
    * las apariencias engañan = don't judge a book by its cover, there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las ataduras de = the shackles of.
    * las autoridades = the powers-that-be.
    * las cosas + cambiar = pendulum + swing.
    * las cosas + estar + claras = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * las cosas no pasan así como así = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no pasan (así) porque sí = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no son tan simples como parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las cosas + seguir + igual = business + revolve + as usual.
    * las cosas siguen igual = business as usual.
    * las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.
    * las cosas son más complicadas de lo que parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las cosas tal y como son = the birds and the bees.
    * las cosas + volver + a su punto de partida = the wheel + turn + full circle.
    * las de = those for.
    * las doce del mediodía = noon.
    * la segunda mitad de + Fecha = the latter part of + Fecha.
    * la segunda opción = the next best choice.
    * la segunda vez = the second time around.
    * la semana pasada = last week.
    * la senda que lleva a = a/the doorway to.
    * la situación = the course of events.
    * la sociedad en general = society at large.
    * las posibilidades son infinitas = the possibilities are endless.
    * las profundidades del mar = the deep.
    * las profundidades del océano = the deep.
    * las pruebas = the writing on the wall.
    * las raíces se encuentran = roots + lie.
    * las raíces se remontan a = roots + lie.
    * las razones de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.
    * las Reglas de Cutter para un Catálogo Diccionario = Cutter's Rules for a Dictionary Catalog.
    * las triquiñuelas de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * la suerte + cambiar = the tide + turn.
    * la suerte estaba echada = the die was cast, the die had been cast.
    * la suerte está echada = the die is cast.
    * la suma total de = the total sum of, the sum total of.
    * las uvas están verdes = sour grapes.
    * las veinticuatro horas = day and night, day or night, night and day.
    * la temporada de Algo = in season.
    * la tierra de la abundancia = the land of plenty.
    * la tierra de las oportunidades = the land of opportunity.
    * la tira de = a whole slew of.
    * la tira de tiempo = donkey's years.
    * la triste realidad es que = the sad fact is (that).
    * la última palabra = the last word, the last word, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * la última vez = last time.
    * la última vez que = the last time.
    * la única pega = the fly in the ointment, a fly in the soup.
    * la unión hace la fuerza = strength in numbers.
    * la ventaja de = the beauty of.
    * la ventaja es que = on the positive side, the advantage is that, on the bright side.
    * la verdad = the lowdown (on).
    * la verdad es que = if the truth be known, if the truth be told, the fact is (that), fact is.
    * la verdad es que... = the fact of the matter is that....
    * la verdad sea dicha = to tell the truth.
    * la verdad sea dicha que = if the truth be told.
    * la Vía Láctea = the Milky Way.
    * la vida continúa = the show must go on.
    * la vida + continuar = life + go on.
    * la vida es así = life's like that.
    * ¡la vida no es un camino de rosas! = the course of true love never did run smooth!.
    * la vida + seguir = life + go on.
    * la víspera de = on the eve of.
    * la voz de = the voice of.
    * la voz de la conciencia = the voice within.
    * la voz de la experiencia = the voice of experience.
    * la voz de la razón = the voice of reason.
    * la voz del odio = the voice of hate.
    * la voz interior = the voice within.
    * lo absurdo = ridiculousness.
    * lo adecuado = adequacy.
    * lo + Adjetivo + que sea/esté = how + Adjetivo.
    * lo anodino = blandness.
    * lo anteriormente expuesto = the preceding.
    * lo apropiado = appropriateness.
    * lo barato = inexpensiveness.
    * lo básico = essential, the, nuts and bolts, bare minimum, bare necessities, the, the lowdown (on).
    * lo bastante elevado = high enough.
    * lo bastante extenso = adequately scoped.
    * lo bueno de = the beauty of.
    * lo bueno es que = the good news is (that)..., on the positive side, on the bright side.
    * lo bueno viene en frascos pequeños = small is beautiful.
    * lo bueno y lo malo = the rights and wrongs.
    * lo caro = expensiveness.
    * lo chicano = Chicana.
    * lo chulo = coolness.
    * lo cierto es que = fact is, the fact is (that).
    * lo completo = completeness.
    * lo completo que Algo está = fullness.
    * lo creas o no = believe it or not.
    * lo decisivo = the last word.
    * lo definitivo = the last word.
    * lo desagradable = unpleasantness.
    * ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be joking!, you must be kidding!.
    * lo directo = directness.
    * lo divertido = the fun part.
    * lo engorroso de = cumbersomeness.
    * lo esencial = essential, the, nuts and bolts, bare minimum, bare necessities, the, the lowdown (on).
    * lo estrafalario = zaniness.
    * lo estrambótico = zaniness.
    * lo extenso = comprehensiveness.
    * lo favorable = propitiousness.
    * lo hebraico = Hebraica.
    * lo hecho hecho está = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk.
    * lo importante es lo que eres no cómo te llamas = a rose by any other name.
    * lo imprescindible = bare necessities, the, bare minimum.
    * lo incómodo de = cumbersomeness.
    * lo indefinido = indefiniteness.
    * lo indirecto = indirectness.
    * lo indispensable = bare necessities, the, bare minimum.
    * lo insulso = blandness.
    * lo interesante = the fun part.
    * lo judío = Judaica.
    * lo lindo = cuteness.
    * lo llano = flatness.
    * lo más cercano a = the nearest thing to.
    * lo más conveniente es que = optimally.
    * lo más destacado = highlights.
    * lo más detestado = pet hate.
    * lo más importante = most of all, at its core.
    * lo más interesante = highlights.
    * lo más mínimo = so much as.
    * lo más novedoso = the last word.
    * lo más odiado = pet hate.
    * lo más parecido a = the nearest thing to.
    * lo más probable es que = most probably.
    * lo más recio de = brunt of, the.
    * lo más recóndito = nooks and crannies.
    * lo máximo = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * lo mejor = the top of the tree.
    * lo mejor de = the beauty of, showpiece.
    * lo mejor de ambas partes = the best of both worlds.
    * lo mejor de lo mejor = the best of the best.
    * lo mejor de todo = best of all.
    * lo mejor entre lo mejor = the best of the best.
    * lo mejor es que... = the good news is (that)....
    * lo mejor está aún por llegar = the best is yet to come.
    * lo mejor posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability, at + Posesivo + (very) best, optimally.
    * lo mejor que pueda = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.
    * lo mejor que se puede hacer = the best bet.
    * lo mejor + ser = the beautiful part + be.
    * lo menos posible = as little as possible.
    * lo mínimo = bare minimum, bare necessities, the.
    * lo mismo ocurre con = the same goes for.
    * lo mismo ocurre en el caso de = the same is true (for/of/with).
    * lo mismo que = the same as, along the lines of, in much the same way as.
    * lo mismo que antes = the same as before.
    * lo mismo que para = the same as that for.
    * lo mismo se aplica a = the same is true (for/of/with).
    * lo molesto de = cumbersomeness.
    * lo mucho que = how extensively.
    * lo noble = high-mindedness.
    * lo no convencional = unconventional, the.
    * lo normal + ser + que = there + be + a tendency (to/for), there + be + a tendency (to/for).
    * lo oportuno = timeliness.
    * lo pasado pasado está = let bygones be bygones.
    * lo peor de = brunt of, the.
    * lo peor del = the armpit of the.
    * lo pintoresco = quaintness.
    * lo plano = flatness.
    * lo poco común = rarity, rareness.
    * lo poco convencional = unconventional, the.
    * lo primero = for one, first off.
    * lo primero de todo = first of all, first off.
    * lo prometido es deuda = a promise is a promise.
    * lo propicio = propitiousness.
    * lo público = publicness.
    * lo que = that which, what.
    * lo que aguarda a = what is on store for.
    * lo que Algo o Alguien se merece, lo que le corresponde, bastante = fair share, fair share.
    * lo que a uno cura a otro mata = one man's meat is another man's poison.
    * lo que demuestra que = which (just) goes to show that.
    * lo que el futuro depara a = what is on store for.
    * lo que es aun más inquietante = more disturbingly.
    * lo que es aun más preocupante = more disturbingly.
    * lo que es aun mejor = better still.
    * lo que es aun peor = worse still.
    * lo que es bueno para uno es bueno para otro = what's sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander.
    * lo que es bueno para uno también es bueno para otro = what's good for the goose is good for the gander.
    * lo que es más = what is more, what's more.
    * lo que es más importante = most importantly, more importantly, most of all, most important.
    * lo que es mejor aun = better still.
    * lo que es muy importante = importantly.
    * lo que es peor = what's worse.
    * lo que es peor aun = worse still.
    * lo que espera a = what is on store for.
    * lo que está bien y lo que está mal = rights and wrongs.
    * lo que existe (en el mercado) = what's out there.
    * lo que haya que de ser, será = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lo que hay (en el mercado) = what's out there.
    * lo que hay que hacer = do + the right thing, the way to go.
    * lo que hay que hacer y lo que hay que evitar = do's and don'ts, rights and wrongs.
    * lo que le corresponde = fair share.
    * lo que nos espera = things to come.
    * lo que quiera que = whatever.
    * lo que sea = something or other.
    * lo que se gana por un lado se pierde por otro = swings and roundabouts.
    * lo que se pierda en una cosa se gana en la otra = what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.
    * lo que + ser = what + be like.
    * lo que se suele pagar = going rate, the.
    * lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * lo que vale para tí también vale para mí = what's good for the goose is good for the gander, what's sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander.
    * lo rural = rurality.
    * los = the, ye.
    * los 365 días del año = year-round.
    * los 40 principales = Top 40 singles chart.
    * los abajo firmantes = the parties hereto.
    * los acontecimientos = the course of events.
    * lo sagrado = sacredness.
    * los albores de = the dawn of.
    * los años cincuenta = fifties.
    * los años treinta = thirties.
    * los árboles no dejan ver el bosque = lose + sight of the forest for the trees.
    * los avatares de la guerra = the tides of war.
    * los buenos tiempos = the good old days.
    * los comienzos de = the dawn of.
    * los constantes cambios de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.
    * los de = those for, those in.
    * los demás = rest, the, everybody else.
    * los detalles de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * los días antes de = leading up to.
    * los dos = both, both of them, both of which.
    * los efectos negativos se están dejando sentir ahora = chickens come home to roost.
    * los gobernantes = the powers-that-be.
    * los hay para dar y regalar = there's one born every minute.
    * los mandamás = the powers-that-be.
    * los más necesitados = those most in need.
    * los más pobres + Nombre = the poorest + Nombre.
    * los menos locuaces = inarticulate, the.
    * los motivos de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.
    * los necesitados = the needy.
    * los orígenes de = the dawn of.
    * los otros con los que aparece(n) = neighbours [neighbors, -USA].
    * los peores + Nombre = the poorest + Nombre.
    * los poderes fáticos = the powers-that-be.
    * los pormenores de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * Los Principios de París = Paris Principles.
    * los que = those who.
    * los que detentan el poder = the powers-that-be.
    * los que mandan = the powers-that-be.
    * los que no han recibido formación específica = uninstructed, the.
    * los que + Verbo = those + Participio.
    * los tribunales = the Bench.
    * lo suficientemente cerca = within range.
    * lo suficientemente cerca como para oír = within earshot of.
    * lo suficientemente estúpido como para = dumb enough to.
    * lo suficientemente grande = large enough, big enough.
    * lo suficientemente lejos como para no poder oír = out of earshot.
    * los últimos coletazos = fag-end.
    * lo sumo = the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks, the cat's pyjamas.
    * los unos a costa de los otros = at each other's expense.
    * los viejos tiempos = the good old days.
    * lo tomas o lo dejas = take it or leave it.
    * lo último = the last word.
    * lo uno es tan malo como lo otro = one is as bad as the other.
    * lo vanguardista = cutting edge.
    * lo yidish = Yiddica.
    * parmarlas = kick + the bucket.
    * ser lo que nos espera = be the shape of things to come.

    * * *
    el (pl los), la; (pl las)
    A (con un referente único, conocido o que se define) the
    el sol the sun
    el lápiz/la goma/los lápices/las gomas que compré the pencil/the eraser/the pencils/the erasers I bought
    no, ése no, el que te presté ayer/el de Julio/el rojo no, not that one, the one I lent you yesterday/Julio's/the red one
    en la calle Solís in Solís Street
    prefiero el mío/los tuyos I prefer mine/yours
    me atendió el estúpido del marido that stupid husband of hers served me
    yo soy la arquitecta, ella es lexicógrafa I'm the architect, she's a lexicographer
    yo fui la que lo rompí or rompió I was the one who broke it
    los nacidos entre … those born between …
    los que faltamos ayer those of us who weren't here yesterday
    ¿cuál es Ardiles? — el del sombrero negro which one's Ardiles? — the one with the black hat
    un encuentro al que asistieron muchas personalidades a meeting which was attended by many well known people
    la obra de la que or de la cual hablábamos the play we were talking about
    B
    (con sustantivos en sentido genérico): me encanta la ópera I love opera
    odio el pescado I hate fish
    así es la vida that's life
    (nosotros) los mexicanos lo sabemos muy bien we Mexicans know only too well
    ¿ya vas a la escuela? do you go to school yet?
    ya salió del hospital she's out of the hospital ( AmE) o ( BrE) out of hospital
    en el mar at sea
    viajar por el espacio to travel in space
    C
    (en expresiones de tiempo): ocurrió el domingo de Pascua/en el verano del 76 it happened on Easter Sunday/in the summer of '76
    mi cumpleaños es el 28 de mayo my birthday's on May 28
    el mes pasado/que viene last/next month
    no trabaja los sábados she doesn't work (on) Saturdays
    estudió toda la mañana he studied all morning
    a las ocho at eight o'clock, at eight
    a eso de las seis around six o'clock
    D
    (cada): lo venden a $80 el kilo/metro they're selling it at $80 a kilo/a meter o at $80 per kilo/meter
    ¿cuánto cuesta el paquete de diez? how much does a packet of ten cost?
    E
    (con fracciones, porcentajes, números): me dio la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero she gave me half the money/a quarter of the money
    el 20% de los peruanos 20% of Peruvians
    vivo en el cuarto I live on the fifth floor ( AmE) o ( BrE) fourth floor
    (refiriéndose a partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc): con las manos en los bolsillos with my/your/his hands in my/your/his pockets
    ¡te cortaste el pelo! you've had your hair cut!
    tienes la falda sucia your skirt is dirty
    tienes el suéter puesto al revés you've got your sweater on inside out
    tiene el pelo largo/los ojos azules he has long hair/blue eyes
    1
    (con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc): llamó el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal/el general Santos Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal/General Santos phoned
    el gran Caruso the Great Caruso
    2
    (con nombres de mujeres famosas): la última película de la Monroe Monroe's last movie
    3
    (en plural): los Ortega (matrimonio) the Ortegas, Mr and Mrs Ortega; (familia) the Ortegas, the Ortega family
    a los Josés se les suele llamar Pepe people called José are often known as Pepe
    4 (fam: en muchas regiones crit)
    (con nombres de pila): pregúntale a la Carmen/al Ricardo ask Carmen/Ricardo
    5
    (con algunos nombres geográficos): en la India in India
    en (el) Perú in Peru
    6
    (al calificar): la España de Franco Franco's Spain
    el Buñuel que todos conocemos the Buñuel we all know
    la Italia del siglo pasado Italy in the last century
    7
    (con algunos equipos deportivos): juegan contra el Juventus/el Barcelona they're playing against Juventus/Barcelona
    H el
    (con infinitivo): odiaba el tener que pedírselo he hated having to ask her
    es cuidadoso y pausado en el hablar he's careful and deliberate in the way he speaks
    el frenético girar de los bailarines the frenzied spinning of the dancers
    al + INF ver a prep B 2. (↑ a 3)
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    el    
    él
    el (pl
    los), la (pl las) art the masculine article el is also used before feminine nouns which begin with accented a or ha, e.g. el agua pura, el hada madrina

    1




    así es la vida that's life;
    (nosotros) los mexicanos we Mexicans;
    ¿ya vas a la escuela? do you go to school yet?


    las tuyas yours;
    el último the last one;
    el estúpido del marido that stupid husband of hers
    2
    a) el + de:


    el de las nueve the nine o'clock one;
    el de mi hijo my son's
    b) el + que:


    los que estén cansados;
    those who are tired, anyone who's tired;
    la que te guste whichever you like
    3 ( en expresiones de tiempo):

    mi cumpleaños es el 28 de mayo my birthday's on May 28;
    el mes pasado last month;
    toda la mañana all morning;
    a las ocho at eight o'clock
    4 ( cada):
    $80 el metro/kilo $80 a meter/a kilo, $80 per kilo/meter

    5 (con fracciones, porcentajes, números):
    la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero half the money/a quarter of the money;

    el 20% de … 20% of …
    6 (con partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc):

    ¡te cortaste el pelo! you've had your hair cut!;
    tiene los ojos azules he has blue eyes
    7
    a) (con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc):

    el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal;

    los Ortega the Ortegas


    ver África, Argentina, etc
    él pron pers
    a) ( como sujeto) he;

    ¿quién se lo va a decir? — él who's going to tell her?he is;

    lo hizo él mismo he did it himself;
    fue él it was him
    b) (en comparaciones, con preposiciones) him;

    ( refiriéndose a cosas) it;
    llegué antes que él I arrived before him o before he did;

    con/para él with/for him;
    son de él they're his
    el art def m
    1 the
    2 (no se traduce) (ante un tratamiento formal) el sr. Gómez, Mr Gomez
    (cuando el sustantivo es general) el hambre/tiempo, hunger/time
    3 (se traduce por un posesivo) (con partes del cuerpo) se ha cortado el pelo, she's cut her hair
    (prendas) se lo metió en el bolsillo, he put it in his pocket
    (pertenencias) guarda el diario en el cajón, put your diary into the drawer
    4 (con días de la semana) iré el miércoles, I'll go on Wednesday
    5 (cuando el sustantivo está elidido) the one: prefiero el azul, I prefer the blue one
    el de las diez, the ten o'clock one
    el que está en la mesa, the one that's on the table
    el que más nos guste, whichever one we like best
    (delante de un posesivo) el de María, Maria's
    es el mío, it's mine
    él pron pers
    1 (sujeto) (persona) he
    (animal, cosa) it: fue él, it was him, fue él el que..., it was him that... o it was he who...
    2 (complemento) (persona) him
    (animal, cosa) it
    dáselo a él, give it to him, es para él, it's for him
    3 (posesivo) de él, his
    4 (oración comparativa) ella es mejor que él, she's better than him o she's better than he is
    'él' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abajo
    - abalanzarse
    - abaratarse
    - abarquillarse
    - abarrotar
    - abarrotada
    - abarrotado
    - abastecimiento
    - abatir
    - abatimiento
    - abdicar
    - abierta
    - abierto
    - abismo
    - abogada
    - abogado
    - abominar
    - abominable
    - abordar
    - aborigen
    - aborregarse
    - abortar
    - abotargada
    - abotargado
    - abrir
    - abreviar
    - abrirse
    - absoluta
    - absoluto
    - abstención
    - abundancia
    - acabar
    - acabarse
    - acabose
    - acallar
    - acanallar
    - accionariado
    - acero
    - achacosa
    - achacoso
    - achatamiento
    - achicharrarse
    - aclarar
    - aclarado
    - acomodarse
    - acompañar
    - acondicionar
    - acostumbrada
    - acostumbrado
    English:
    A
    - abandon
    - ABC
    - ability
    - about
    - above
    - abroad
    - abseil
    - absence
    - absent
    - absolute
    - absolve
    - absorb
    - abstract
    - academic
    - accelerate
    - accommodate
    - accomplice
    - account
    - accurately
    - accusation
    - accused
    - accustom
    - aching
    - act
    - act on
    - act up
    - actual
    - actually
    - acute
    - address
    - adequately
    - adjourn
    - admission
    - admit
    - advance
    - advanced
    - advantage
    - advantageous
    - advise
    - advocate
    - affair
    - afford
    - afloat
    - afraid
    - after
    - against
    - age
    - agenda
    - aggregate
    * * *
    el (f la, mpl los, fpl las) art determinado el is used instead of la before feminine nouns which are stressed on the first syllable and begin with “a” or “ha” (e.g. el agua, el hacha). Note that el combines with the prepositions a and de to produce the contracted forms al and del.
    1. [con valor especificador] the;
    el coche the car;
    la casa the house;
    los niños the children;
    el agua/hacha/águila the water/axe/eagle;
    fui a recoger a los niños I went to pick up the children
    2. [con sustantivo abstracto, valor genérico]
    el amor love;
    la vida life;
    el hombre Man, human beings;
    los derechos de la mujer women's rights;
    los niños imitan a los adultos children copy adults;
    el pan es un alimento básico bread is a basic food;
    la mayoría de la gente no la conoce most people don't know her;
    vuelve el biquini bikinis are back
    3. [indica posesión, pertenencia]
    se partió la pierna he broke his leg;
    se quitó los zapatos she took her shoes off;
    tiene el pelo oscuro he has dark hair;
    me han robado la maleta my suitcase has been stolen;
    se dieron la mano they shook hands
    4. [con días de la semana, fechas, horas]
    vuelven el sábado they're coming back on Saturday;
    los domingos vamos al cine we go to the movies (on) Sundays;
    llegaré el 1 de mayo [escrito] I'll arrive on 1 May;
    [hablado] I'll arrive on the first of May;
    son las siete it's seven o'clock;
    el año pasado/que viene last/next year
    5. [con nombres propios geográficos]
    el Sena the (River) Seine;
    el Everest (Mount) Everest;
    la India India;
    La Haya The Hague;
    El Cairo Cairo;
    6. [con apellido]
    la señora Márquez Mrs Márquez;
    el señor/el doctor Juárez Mr/Doctor Juárez;
    los Amaya [matrimonio] Mr and Mrs Amaya, the Amayas;
    [familia completa] the Amayas, the Amaya family;
    los Austrias the Hapsburgs;
    el Hitler español the Spanish Hitler
    7. Fam [con nombre propio de persona]
    llama a la María call Maria
    8. [con numerales, porcentajes, fracciones]
    el siete es mi número de la suerte seven's my lucky number;
    llegó el tercero he came third;
    el tercer piso the third floor;
    un aumento del 30 por ciento a 30 percent increase;
    la quinta parte (de) a fifth (of);
    el 20 por ciento (de) 20 percent (of)
    9. [en proporciones, precios]
    100 pesos el kilo 100 pesos a o per kilo
    10. [con complemento especificativo]
    el/la del sombrero the one with the hat;
    los/las de azul [cosas] the blue ones;
    [personas] the ones in blue;
    he perdido el tren, cogeré el de las nueve I've missed the train, I'll get the nine o'clock one;
    el de aquí this one here;
    ¿los del parque son amigos tuyos? were those people in the park friends of yours?;
    prefiero las del escaparate I prefer the ones in the window;
    los del fondo no se callan the people at the back won't shut up
    11. [con complemento posesivo]
    mi hermano y el de Juan my brother and Juan's;
    el mío mine;
    la tuya yours;
    los suyos theirs
    12. [con adjetivo]
    prefiero el rojo al azul I prefer the red one to the blue one;
    el/la mejor the best;
    es la mejor de la clase she's the best in the class, she's top of the class;
    los seleccionados realizarán un examen those chosen will sit an exam;
    el tonto de Ignacio se equivocó that idiot Ignacio got it wrong
    13. [con infinitivo]
    el beber tanto acabó con él all that drinking is what finished him off;
    es amante del buen comer she loves good food;
    me sienta mal el tener que decírtelo I don't like to have to tell you
    14. [con frases subordinadas]
    el/la que [cosa] whichever;
    [persona] whoever;
    los/las que [cosas] whichever;
    [personas] whoever;
    coge el/los que quieras take whichever you like;
    el que más corra whoever runs fastest, the one who runs the fastest;
    las que quieran venir que levanten la mano those who want to come o anyone who wants to come should put their hand up;
    el que no te guste no quiere decir que sea malo the fact that you don't like him doesn't make him a bad person
    15. [con valor enfático]
    ¡la pena que me dio verlo en ese estado! I felt so sorry for him when I saw him in that state!
    * * *
    el
    I art the
    II pron
    :
    el de … that of …;
    el de Juan Juan’s;
    el más grande the biggest (one);
    el que está … the one that is …
    * * *
    él pron
    : he, him
    él es mi amigo: he's my friend
    hablaremos con él: we will speak with him
    1) : the one
    tengo mi libro y el tuyo: I have my book and yours
    de los cantantes me gusta el de México: I prefer the singer from México
    2)
    el que : he who, whoever, the one that
    el que vino ayer: the one who came yesterday
    el que trabaja duro estará contento: he who works hard will be happy
    el, la art, pl los, las : the
    los niños están en la casa: the boys are in the house
    me duele el pie: my foot hurts
    * * *
    el det
    1. the
    ¿qué te pareció el libro? what did you think of the book?
    2. (posesivo) my / your / his / her etcétera
    ¿te has cortado el pelo? have you had your hair cut?
    ¿cuál prefieres? el azul which one do you prefer? the blue one
    ¡Ojo! Algunas veces no se traduce
    ¿quieres salir el sábado? do you want to go out on Saturday?
    el Sr. García Mr. García
    el que (persona) the one who / the one that (cosa) the one which / the one that
    con el que that... with
    en el que that... in

    Spanish-English dictionary > el

  • 103 él

    art.
    el coche the car
    la casa the house
    los niños the children
    el agua/hacha/águila the water/ax/eagle
    fui a recoger a los niños I went to pick up the children
    * * *
    el
    1 the
    la Sra. Rodríguez Mrs. Rodríguez
    2 el de the one
    3 el que (persona - sujeto) the one who; (- objeto) the one, the one that, the one whom
    4 (cosa) the one, the one that, the one which
    * * *
    1. pron. 2. art.
    * * *
    el; la; los; las
    ART DEF
    1) [con nombres de referente único o concreto] the

    ¿está fría el agua? — is the water cold?

    ¿ha llegado ya el abogado? — has the lawyer arrived yet?

    el tío ese* that chap

    2) [en algunos casos no se traduce]
    a) [con nombres propios]

    ¿qué manda la señora? — what would madam like?

    ha llamado el Sr. Sendra — Mr. Sendra called

    dáselo a la Luisa* give it to Luisa

    b) [con nombres en sentido genérico]
    c) [con infinitivo]

    el hacerlo fue un error — doing it was a mistake, it was a mistake to do it

    d) [con cifras, proporciones]

    ahora gano el 3% más — I now earn 3% more

    3) [traducido por el posesivo]
    4) [con expresiones temporales]
    5) (=uso distributivo)
    6) [en exclamaciones]

    ¡el frío que hacía! — it was freezing!

    7) [posesivo]

    el de, mi libro y el de usted — my book and yours

    el del sombrero rojothe one with o in the red hat

    es un traje bonito, pero prefiero el de Ana — it's a nice suit, but I prefer Ana's

    y el de todos los demás — and that of everybody else, and everybody else's

    8)

    el que

    a) + indic

    él es el que quiere — it's he who wants to, he's the one who wants to

    los que hacen eso son tontos — anyone who does that is a fool, those who do so are foolish

    b) + subjun whoever

    el que quiera, que lo haga — whoever wants to can do it

    * * *
    pronombre personal
    a) ( como sujeto) he

    ¿quién se lo va a decir? - él — who's going to tell her? - he is

    fue él — it was him, it was he (frml)

    b) (en comparaciones, con preposiciones) him; ( refiriéndose a cosas) it

    con/contra/para él — with/against/for him

    con/contra/para él — with/against/for him

    * * *
    (pl los), la (pl las) articulo
    [the masculine article el is also used before feminine nouns which begin with accented a or ha, e.g. el agua pura, el hada madrina]
    1)

    ¿ya vas a la escuela? — do you go to school yet?

    el mío/las tuyas — mine/yours

    el rojo/último — the red/last one

    los nacidos entre... — those born between...

    2)
    a)

    el + de...: la del sombrero the one with the hat; el de Valencia the one from Valencia; el de las nueve the nine o'clock one; el de Juan/de mi hijo — Juan's/my son's

    b)

    el + que...: el que acaba de entrar the one who's just come in; las que yo ví the ones I saw; los que estén cansados; those who are tired, anyone who's tired; la que te guste whichever you like; el que lo haya hecho — whoever has done it

    el mes pasado/que viene — last/next month

    4) ( cada)

    $80 el metro/kilo — $80 a meter/a kilo

    5) (con fracciones, porcentajes, números)

    la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero — half the money/a quarter of the money

    el 20% de... — 20% of...

    el cuarto pisothe fifth floor (AmE) o (BrE) fourth floor

    6) (refiriéndose a partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc)
    a) (con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc)

    el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal — Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal

    b) ( en plural)
    * * *
    el2
    = the, ye.

    Ex: The first institute, 'The Catalog: Its Nature and Prospects,' was held in New York City on October 9 and 10, 1975.

    Ex: The article 'Ye olde smart card' presents an annotated list of information sources on the credit card industry.
    * a lo extremo = to the extreme.
    * aunque no lo creas = believe it or not.
    * barrio de los ricos = upper town.
    * de los mejores = as good as any.
    * el abuelo de = the granddaddy of.
    * el acabose = the last straw.
    * el alcance = comprehensiveness.
    * el amor de + Posesivo + vida = the love of + Posesivo + life.
    * el año próximo = the year ahead.
    * el arte de = the art of, the fine art of.
    * el ataque es la mejor defensa = attack is the best form of defence.
    * el auténtico = the real McCoy.
    * el beneficio de la duda = the benefit of the doubt.
    * el bien de = the good of.
    * el buenazo de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.
    * el bueno de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.
    * el camino a seguir = the way ahead, the way to go.
    * el camino correcto = the way ahead, the way to go.
    * el camino hacia + Nombre + está lleno de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.
    * el camino hacia + Nombre + está plagado de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.
    * el camino por recorrer = the way ahead.
    * el camino que lleva a = a/the doorway to.
    * el camino recorrido = the road travelled so far.
    * el camino se hace andando = actions speak louder than words.
    * el centro de atención + ser = all eyes + be + on.
    * el charco = the big pond.
    * el ciudadano de a pie = the average Joe.
    * el ciudadano medio = the average Joe.
    * el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.
    * el colmo = the last straw.
    * el consejo de otra persona = a second opinion.
    * el copón = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.
    * el corazón de = the heart of.
    * el crecimiento de = the rising tide of.
    * el cual = which.
    * el de = that in, that of.
    * el diablo está en los detalles = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * el día del Juicio Final = the Day of Judgement.
    * El Diluvio = the Flood.
    * el dinero es el origen de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.
    * el dinero es la fuente de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.
    * el dinero mueve al mundo = money makes the world go (a)round.
    * el dinero no crece en los árboles = money doesn't grow on trees.
    * el doble = twice + as many.
    * el doble de = twice + the number of.
    * El Dorado = El Dorado.
    * el enemigo en casa = the enemy within.
    * el entonces + Nombre = the then + Nombre.
    * el espíritu de la época = the spirit of the times.
    * el estado de las cosas = the lay of the land [the lie of the land, -UK].
    * el evitar = avoidance.
    * el éxito genera éxito = success breeds success (SBS).
    * el éxito llama al éxito = success breeds success (SBS).
    * el final de = the close of.
    * el final de los problemas = the light at the end of the tunnel.
    * el fin del mundo = the ends of the earth.
    * el fin de semana = over the weekend, at the weekend.
    * el fin de todos los fines = the end of all ends.
    * el fin justifica los medios = the end justifies the means.
    * el fruto de + Nombre = the fruit of + Nombre.
    * el futuro = the way ahead, the way of the future.
    * el futuro + estar + justo a la vuelta de la esquina = the future + be + just around the corner.
    * el Gato con Botas = Puss in Boots.
    * el grado de = the extent of.
    * el grado de + Nombre = the breadth and depth of + Nombre.
    * el grado en que = the extent to which.
    * el gran hermano = big brother.
    * el guapo de + Nombre = good old + Nombre.
    * el hecho es que = fact is, the fact is (that).
    * el hecho es que... = the fact of the matter is that....
    * el hombre de la calle = the average Joe.
    * el hombre no es una isla = no man is an island.
    * el hombre propone y Dios dispone = Man proposes, God disposes.
    * el impulsor de = the power behind.
    * el interés público = the public interest.
    * El Juicio Final = The Last Judgement.
    * el lastre de = the shackles of.
    * el llevar = carrying.
    * el lugar que le corresponde a = the due place of.
    * El Mago de Oz = The Wizard of Oz, The Wizard of Oz.
    * el más = all-time.
    * el más + Adjetivo = the most + Adjetivo.
    * el más allá = hereafter.
    * el más bajo = rock-bottom.
    * el más favorito del mes = pick of the month.
    * el más leído = the most widely read.
    * el más recomendado = best of breed, the.
    * el Mediterráneo = Mediterranean Sea, the, the Med.
    * el mejor = best of breed, the.
    * el mejor de todos = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.
    * el mejor hasta ahora = the best yet.
    * el mejor modo de = the best way of.
    * el mejor momento de todos = the time of all times.
    * el mejor + Nombre = the best available + Nombre.
    * el mejor que ha hecho hasta ahora = Posesivo + best yet.
    * el mentir = lying.
    * el mes pasado = last month.
    * el mío = mine.
    * el mismo + Nombre (+ que) = every bit as much + Nombre (+ as).
    * el mismo número = as many.
    * el modo como = the way in which.
    * el modo de = the way in which.
    * el modo de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.
    * el momento preciso = the point in time at which.
    * el motor de = the power behind.
    * el movimiento se demuestra andando = actions speak louder than words.
    * el muerto al hoyo y el vivo al bollo = dead men have no friends.
    * el mundo de las noticias = newsmaking.
    * el mundo en la palma de la mano = the world in the palm of + Posesivo + hand.
    * el mundo está a sus pies = the world is + Posesivo + oyster.
    * el mundo es un pañuelo = it's a small world.
    * el + Nombre + correcto al + Nombre + adecuado en el momento oportuno = the right + Nombre + to the right + Nombre + at the right time.
    * el + Nombre + es inestimable = the + Nombre + cannot be overestimated.
    * el + Nombre + más completo = the + Nombre + to end all + Nombre.
    * el no va más = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * el nuevo aspecto de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.
    * el orgullo de = showpiece.
    * el otro lado de la barrera = the other side of the fence.
    * el padre de = the father of.
    * el pan nuestro de cada día = all in a day's work.
    * el paso del tiempo = the passage of time, the sands of time.
    * el peor de todos = the worst of the lot.
    * el perro es el mejor amigo del hombre = a dog is man's best friend.
    * el peso de = brunt of, the.
    * el populacho = the great unwashed.
    * el porqué de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.
    * el portavoz de = the voice of.
    * el presente = thisness.
    * el primer intento = the first time around.
    * el primer + Nombre = the earliest + Nombre.
    * el primero mencionado = former.
    * el principal = the number one.
    * el principio de = the dawn of.
    * el principio del fin = the beginning of the end.
    * el principio de + Mes/Estación = early + Mes/Estación.
    * el problema no es el qué, sino el cómo = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * el problema obvio = the elephant in the room.
    * el proletariado = the great unwashed.
    * el pulmón de = the heart of.
    * el punto más bajo = rock-bottom.
    * el que = that, the one.
    * el que aprende = learner.
    * el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.
    * el que lo encuentre se lo queda = finders keepers.
    * el que mantiene a la familia = breadwinner [bread winner].
    * el que mucho abarca poco aprieta = jack of all trades, master of none.
    * el que no llora, no mama = the squeaky (squeaking) wheel gets the grease (the oil/oiled).
    * el que no se aventura no cruza el mar = nothing ventured, nothing gained.
    * el que pregunta = inquirer [enquirer, -UK].
    * el quid de la cuestión = the crux of the problem, the crux of the matter.
    * el registro de los registros = record-of-record.
    * el registro modelo = record-of-record.
    * el resto = rest, the.
    * el resto (de) = the remainder (of), the rest (of).
    * El Salvador = El Salvador.
    * el segundo mencionado = latter.
    * el sendero que lleva a = a/the doorway to.
    * el ser barato = cheapness.
    * el siguiente no, el otro = next but one.
    * el sitio adecuado en el momento adecuado = the right place at the right time.
    * el sueño de toda persona = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * el sueño de todos = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * el sueño de todo ser viviente = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * el súmmum = the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * el tamaño de = the extent of.
    * el tema de la discusión = the focus of the discussion.
    * el tema del debate = the focus of the discussion.
    * el tiempo de Algo = in season.
    * el tiempo es oro = time is money.
    * el tiempo lo dirá = only time will tell.
    * el tiempo vuela = time flies (by).
    * el tipo de = the range of.
    * el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.
    * el total de = the total sum of, the sum total of.
    * el transcurrir del tiempo = the sands of time.
    * el transcurso del tiempo = as time goes by.
    * el último citado = latter.
    * el último grito = the last word, the cat's meow, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * el último + Nombre = the latest + Nombre.
    * el último pero no el menos importante = the last but by no means least.
    * el único = the one and only.
    * el único e incomparable = the one and only.
    * el único e inimitable = the one and only.
    * el único problema = a fly in the soup, the fly in the ointment.
    * el verdadero = the real McCoy.
    * el verdadero problema = the elephant in the room.
    * el ver televisión = television viewing.
    * el viejo = the elder.
    * el vulgo = the great unwashed.
    * el yugo de = the shackles of.
    * espicharlas = kick + the bucket.
    * la = the, ye.
    * la alternativa + ser = the alternative + be.
    * la belleza es superficial = beauty is only skin deep.
    * La Biblioteca Responde = Ask the Library.
    * la Biblioteca y el Archivo de Canadá = Library and Archives Canada.
    * la buena noticia = the good news.
    * la calidad es nuestro lema = quality is our middle name.
    * la calma que precede a la tormenta = the lull before the storm.
    * la cambiante fisonomía de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.
    * la caridad empieza por uno mismo = charity begins at home.
    * la ciudadana de a pie = the average Jane.
    * la ciudadana media = the average Jane.
    * la ciudad que nunca duerme = the city that never sleeps.
    * la clave de = at the heart of.
    * la clave está en la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * la comunidad en general = the community at large.
    * la Convención de la Haya de 1954 = the 1954 Hague Convention.
    * la copa del árbol = the top of the tree.
    * la cosa es que = the thing is.
    * la cosa principal = the number one thing.
    * la crème de la crème = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.
    * la cruz de = the bane of.
    * la cuestión es que = the thing is.
    * la década de los + Número = the + Número + s.
    * la demanda de = a call for.
    * la diversidad de = the range of.
    * la diversidad de + Nombre = the many + Nombre.
    * la edad se lleva en el alma = you are as old as you feel.
    * la época de Algo = in season.
    * la escoria de la sociedad = the gutter.
    * la espalda de = the back of.
    * la evidencia = the writing on the wall.
    * la fe mueve montañas = faith will move mountains.
    * la filosofía de = the reason behind, the reasoning behind.
    * la flor de + Nombre = the prime of + Nombre.
    * la flor y nata = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.
    * la forma correcta de hacer las cosas = the way to go.
    * la forma de = ways and means (of/for/to/in/by).
    * la forma de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.
    * la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.
    * la fuerza de la mayoría = strength in numbers.
    * la gente decía que = rumour had it that.
    * la gente dice que = rumour has it that.
    * la gente se está inquietando = the natives are nervous.
    * la gente se está poniendo nerviosa = the natives are nervous.
    * la gente se puso de pie para aplaudir = standing ovation.
    * la gota que colmó el vaso = the straw that broke the camel's back.
    * la Gran Manzana = the Big Apple.
    * la gran mayoría de = the vast majority of, the bulk of.
    * la historia + repetirse = history + come full circle.
    * la historia + volverse a repetir = history + come full circle.
    * la hostia = the cat's pyjamas, the cat's pyjamas, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * la hoz y el martillo = the hammer and sickle.
    * la idea que hay detrás de = the idea behind.
    * la imaginación no tiene límites = your imagination is the limit.
    * la imitación es la mejor forma de que lo halaguen a uno = imitation is the sincerest form of flattery.
    * La Isla del Tesoro = Treasure Island.
    * la joya de = showpiece.
    * la judicatura = the Bench.
    * la justicia = the Bench.
    * la juventud no es cuestión de edad sino de espíritu = you are as old as you feel.
    * la leche = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.
    * la luz al final del túnel = the light at the end of the tunnel.
    * la magistratura = the Bench.
    * la manera de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.
    * la mano que mece la cuna es la mano que domina el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.
    * la mano que mece la cuna gobierna el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.
    * la mar de = a whole slew of.
    * la mayoría con mucho de = the vast majority of.
    * la mayoría de = the majority of, most + Nombre, the main bulk of.
    * la mayoría de la gente = most people, the majority of the people.
    * la mayoría de las personas = most people, the majority of the people.
    * la mayoría de las veces = most of the time, more often than not.
    * la mayoría del mundo = the majority of the world, most people, the majority of the people.
    * la mayoría del tiempo = most of the time.
    * la mayor parte de = the majority of, the main bulk of, the lion's share of.
    * la mayor parte de las veces = more often than not.
    * la medida en que = the extent to which.
    * la mejor forma de hacer Algo = best practices, lessons learned [lessons learnt].
    * la mejor manera = how best.
    * la mejor manera de = the best way of.
    * la mejor oferta = the best deal.
    * la mejor opción = the best bet.
    * la mejor salida = the best way forward.
    * la mejor solución = the best way forward.
    * la menor duda de que = no doubt whatsoever.
    * la mentira = lying.
    * la mirada en = eye(s) on.
    * la misma persona = one and the same person.
    * la mitad (1/2) = one-half (1/2).
    * la necesidad agudiza el ingenio = necessity mothers invention.
    * la ocasión la pintan calva = make + hay while the sun shines.
    * la opinión de otra persona = a second opinion.
    * la oportunidad de + Posesivo + vida = the opportunity of a lifetime.
    * la parte de atrás de = the back of.
    * la parte más dura de = brunt of, the.
    * la parte más importante = the heart of.
    * la parte principal de = the bulk of.
    * la parte superior izquierda de = the upper left of.
    * la parte trasera de = the back of.
    * la personificación de la confianza en uno mismo = confidence personified.
    * la pesadilla de = the bane of.
    * la pesca del día = the day's catch, the catch of the day.
    * la petición de = a call for.
    * la píldora = the pill.
    * la plebe = the great unwashed.
    * la polla = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.
    * la práctica hace al maestro = practice makes perfect.
    * la primera tentativa = the first time around.
    * la primera vez = the first time around.
    * la proporción mayor de = the lion's share of.
    * la próxima moda = the next hot thing.
    * la puntilla = the final/last nail in + Posesivo + coffin.
    * la que = that, the one.
    * la razón de ser = the reason for being.
    * la realidad es que = the fact remains that..., fact is, the fact is (that).
    * la rehostia = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.
    * la responsabilidad ahora recae en + Nombre = the ball is in + Posesivo + court.
    * la responsabilidad es de... = the buck + stops....
    * la riqueza de = the wealth of.
    * la ruina de = the bane of.
    * las = the, ye.
    * las 24 horas = round the clock, around the clock.
    * las apariencias engañan = don't judge a book by its cover, there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las ataduras de = the shackles of.
    * las autoridades = the powers-that-be.
    * las cosas + cambiar = pendulum + swing.
    * las cosas + estar + claras = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * las cosas no pasan así como así = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no pasan (así) porque sí = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no son tan simples como parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las cosas + seguir + igual = business + revolve + as usual.
    * las cosas siguen igual = business as usual.
    * las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.
    * las cosas son más complicadas de lo que parecen = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * las cosas tal y como son = the birds and the bees.
    * las cosas + volver + a su punto de partida = the wheel + turn + full circle.
    * las de = those for.
    * las doce del mediodía = noon.
    * la segunda mitad de + Fecha = the latter part of + Fecha.
    * la segunda opción = the next best choice.
    * la segunda vez = the second time around.
    * la semana pasada = last week.
    * la senda que lleva a = a/the doorway to.
    * la situación = the course of events.
    * la sociedad en general = society at large.
    * las posibilidades son infinitas = the possibilities are endless.
    * las profundidades del mar = the deep.
    * las profundidades del océano = the deep.
    * las pruebas = the writing on the wall.
    * las raíces se encuentran = roots + lie.
    * las raíces se remontan a = roots + lie.
    * las razones de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.
    * las Reglas de Cutter para un Catálogo Diccionario = Cutter's Rules for a Dictionary Catalog.
    * las triquiñuelas de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * la suerte + cambiar = the tide + turn.
    * la suerte estaba echada = the die was cast, the die had been cast.
    * la suerte está echada = the die is cast.
    * la suma total de = the total sum of, the sum total of.
    * las uvas están verdes = sour grapes.
    * las veinticuatro horas = day and night, day or night, night and day.
    * la temporada de Algo = in season.
    * la tierra de la abundancia = the land of plenty.
    * la tierra de las oportunidades = the land of opportunity.
    * la tira de = a whole slew of.
    * la tira de tiempo = donkey's years.
    * la triste realidad es que = the sad fact is (that).
    * la última palabra = the last word, the last word, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * la última vez = last time.
    * la última vez que = the last time.
    * la única pega = the fly in the ointment, a fly in the soup.
    * la unión hace la fuerza = strength in numbers.
    * la ventaja de = the beauty of.
    * la ventaja es que = on the positive side, the advantage is that, on the bright side.
    * la verdad = the lowdown (on).
    * la verdad es que = if the truth be known, if the truth be told, the fact is (that), fact is.
    * la verdad es que... = the fact of the matter is that....
    * la verdad sea dicha = to tell the truth.
    * la verdad sea dicha que = if the truth be told.
    * la Vía Láctea = the Milky Way.
    * la vida continúa = the show must go on.
    * la vida + continuar = life + go on.
    * la vida es así = life's like that.
    * ¡la vida no es un camino de rosas! = the course of true love never did run smooth!.
    * la vida + seguir = life + go on.
    * la víspera de = on the eve of.
    * la voz de = the voice of.
    * la voz de la conciencia = the voice within.
    * la voz de la experiencia = the voice of experience.
    * la voz de la razón = the voice of reason.
    * la voz del odio = the voice of hate.
    * la voz interior = the voice within.
    * lo absurdo = ridiculousness.
    * lo adecuado = adequacy.
    * lo + Adjetivo + que sea/esté = how + Adjetivo.
    * lo anodino = blandness.
    * lo anteriormente expuesto = the preceding.
    * lo apropiado = appropriateness.
    * lo barato = inexpensiveness.
    * lo básico = essential, the, nuts and bolts, bare minimum, bare necessities, the, the lowdown (on).
    * lo bastante elevado = high enough.
    * lo bastante extenso = adequately scoped.
    * lo bueno de = the beauty of.
    * lo bueno es que = the good news is (that)..., on the positive side, on the bright side.
    * lo bueno viene en frascos pequeños = small is beautiful.
    * lo bueno y lo malo = the rights and wrongs.
    * lo caro = expensiveness.
    * lo chicano = Chicana.
    * lo chulo = coolness.
    * lo cierto es que = fact is, the fact is (that).
    * lo completo = completeness.
    * lo completo que Algo está = fullness.
    * lo creas o no = believe it or not.
    * lo decisivo = the last word.
    * lo definitivo = the last word.
    * lo desagradable = unpleasantness.
    * ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be joking!, you must be kidding!.
    * lo directo = directness.
    * lo divertido = the fun part.
    * lo engorroso de = cumbersomeness.
    * lo esencial = essential, the, nuts and bolts, bare minimum, bare necessities, the, the lowdown (on).
    * lo estrafalario = zaniness.
    * lo estrambótico = zaniness.
    * lo extenso = comprehensiveness.
    * lo favorable = propitiousness.
    * lo hebraico = Hebraica.
    * lo hecho hecho está = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk.
    * lo importante es lo que eres no cómo te llamas = a rose by any other name.
    * lo imprescindible = bare necessities, the, bare minimum.
    * lo incómodo de = cumbersomeness.
    * lo indefinido = indefiniteness.
    * lo indirecto = indirectness.
    * lo indispensable = bare necessities, the, bare minimum.
    * lo insulso = blandness.
    * lo interesante = the fun part.
    * lo judío = Judaica.
    * lo lindo = cuteness.
    * lo llano = flatness.
    * lo más cercano a = the nearest thing to.
    * lo más conveniente es que = optimally.
    * lo más destacado = highlights.
    * lo más detestado = pet hate.
    * lo más importante = most of all, at its core.
    * lo más interesante = highlights.
    * lo más mínimo = so much as.
    * lo más novedoso = the last word.
    * lo más odiado = pet hate.
    * lo más parecido a = the nearest thing to.
    * lo más probable es que = most probably.
    * lo más recio de = brunt of, the.
    * lo más recóndito = nooks and crannies.
    * lo máximo = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * lo mejor = the top of the tree.
    * lo mejor de = the beauty of, showpiece.
    * lo mejor de ambas partes = the best of both worlds.
    * lo mejor de lo mejor = the best of the best.
    * lo mejor de todo = best of all.
    * lo mejor entre lo mejor = the best of the best.
    * lo mejor es que... = the good news is (that)....
    * lo mejor está aún por llegar = the best is yet to come.
    * lo mejor posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability, at + Posesivo + (very) best, optimally.
    * lo mejor que pueda = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.
    * lo mejor que se puede hacer = the best bet.
    * lo mejor + ser = the beautiful part + be.
    * lo menos posible = as little as possible.
    * lo mínimo = bare minimum, bare necessities, the.
    * lo mismo ocurre con = the same goes for.
    * lo mismo ocurre en el caso de = the same is true (for/of/with).
    * lo mismo que = the same as, along the lines of, in much the same way as.
    * lo mismo que antes = the same as before.
    * lo mismo que para = the same as that for.
    * lo mismo se aplica a = the same is true (for/of/with).
    * lo molesto de = cumbersomeness.
    * lo mucho que = how extensively.
    * lo noble = high-mindedness.
    * lo no convencional = unconventional, the.
    * lo normal + ser + que = there + be + a tendency (to/for), there + be + a tendency (to/for).
    * lo oportuno = timeliness.
    * lo pasado pasado está = let bygones be bygones.
    * lo peor de = brunt of, the.
    * lo peor del = the armpit of the.
    * lo pintoresco = quaintness.
    * lo plano = flatness.
    * lo poco común = rarity, rareness.
    * lo poco convencional = unconventional, the.
    * lo primero = for one, first off.
    * lo primero de todo = first of all, first off.
    * lo prometido es deuda = a promise is a promise.
    * lo propicio = propitiousness.
    * lo público = publicness.
    * lo que = that which, what.
    * lo que aguarda a = what is on store for.
    * lo que Algo o Alguien se merece, lo que le corresponde, bastante = fair share, fair share.
    * lo que a uno cura a otro mata = one man's meat is another man's poison.
    * lo que demuestra que = which (just) goes to show that.
    * lo que el futuro depara a = what is on store for.
    * lo que es aun más inquietante = more disturbingly.
    * lo que es aun más preocupante = more disturbingly.
    * lo que es aun mejor = better still.
    * lo que es aun peor = worse still.
    * lo que es bueno para uno es bueno para otro = what's sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander.
    * lo que es bueno para uno también es bueno para otro = what's good for the goose is good for the gander.
    * lo que es más = what is more, what's more.
    * lo que es más importante = most importantly, more importantly, most of all, most important.
    * lo que es mejor aun = better still.
    * lo que es muy importante = importantly.
    * lo que es peor = what's worse.
    * lo que es peor aun = worse still.
    * lo que espera a = what is on store for.
    * lo que está bien y lo que está mal = rights and wrongs.
    * lo que existe (en el mercado) = what's out there.
    * lo que haya que de ser, será = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lo que hay (en el mercado) = what's out there.
    * lo que hay que hacer = do + the right thing, the way to go.
    * lo que hay que hacer y lo que hay que evitar = do's and don'ts, rights and wrongs.
    * lo que le corresponde = fair share.
    * lo que nos espera = things to come.
    * lo que quiera que = whatever.
    * lo que sea = something or other.
    * lo que se gana por un lado se pierde por otro = swings and roundabouts.
    * lo que se pierda en una cosa se gana en la otra = what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.
    * lo que + ser = what + be like.
    * lo que se suele pagar = going rate, the.
    * lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * lo que vale para tí también vale para mí = what's good for the goose is good for the gander, what's sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander.
    * lo rural = rurality.
    * los = the, ye.
    * los 365 días del año = year-round.
    * los 40 principales = Top 40 singles chart.
    * los abajo firmantes = the parties hereto.
    * los acontecimientos = the course of events.
    * lo sagrado = sacredness.
    * los albores de = the dawn of.
    * los años cincuenta = fifties.
    * los años treinta = thirties.
    * los árboles no dejan ver el bosque = lose + sight of the forest for the trees.
    * los avatares de la guerra = the tides of war.
    * los buenos tiempos = the good old days.
    * los comienzos de = the dawn of.
    * los constantes cambios de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.
    * los de = those for, those in.
    * los demás = rest, the, everybody else.
    * los detalles de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * los días antes de = leading up to.
    * los dos = both, both of them, both of which.
    * los efectos negativos se están dejando sentir ahora = chickens come home to roost.
    * los gobernantes = the powers-that-be.
    * los hay para dar y regalar = there's one born every minute.
    * los mandamás = the powers-that-be.
    * los más necesitados = those most in need.
    * los más pobres + Nombre = the poorest + Nombre.
    * los menos locuaces = inarticulate, the.
    * los motivos de = the reason behind, the thinking behind, the reasoning behind, the idea behind.
    * los necesitados = the needy.
    * los orígenes de = the dawn of.
    * los otros con los que aparece(n) = neighbours [neighbors, -USA].
    * los peores + Nombre = the poorest + Nombre.
    * los poderes fáticos = the powers-that-be.
    * los pormenores de la letra pequeña = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * Los Principios de París = Paris Principles.
    * los que = those who.
    * los que detentan el poder = the powers-that-be.
    * los que mandan = the powers-that-be.
    * los que no han recibido formación específica = uninstructed, the.
    * los que + Verbo = those + Participio.
    * los tribunales = the Bench.
    * lo suficientemente cerca = within range.
    * lo suficientemente cerca como para oír = within earshot of.
    * lo suficientemente estúpido como para = dumb enough to.
    * lo suficientemente grande = large enough, big enough.
    * lo suficientemente lejos como para no poder oír = out of earshot.
    * los últimos coletazos = fag-end.
    * lo sumo = the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks, the cat's pyjamas.
    * los unos a costa de los otros = at each other's expense.
    * los viejos tiempos = the good old days.
    * lo tomas o lo dejas = take it or leave it.
    * lo último = the last word.
    * lo uno es tan malo como lo otro = one is as bad as the other.
    * lo vanguardista = cutting edge.
    * lo yidish = Yiddica.
    * parmarlas = kick + the bucket.
    * ser lo que nos espera = be the shape of things to come.

    * * *
    el (pl los), la; (pl las)
    A (con un referente único, conocido o que se define) the
    el sol the sun
    el lápiz/la goma/los lápices/las gomas que compré the pencil/the eraser/the pencils/the erasers I bought
    no, ése no, el que te presté ayer/el de Julio/el rojo no, not that one, the one I lent you yesterday/Julio's/the red one
    en la calle Solís in Solís Street
    prefiero el mío/los tuyos I prefer mine/yours
    me atendió el estúpido del marido that stupid husband of hers served me
    yo soy la arquitecta, ella es lexicógrafa I'm the architect, she's a lexicographer
    yo fui la que lo rompí or rompió I was the one who broke it
    los nacidos entre … those born between …
    los que faltamos ayer those of us who weren't here yesterday
    ¿cuál es Ardiles? — el del sombrero negro which one's Ardiles? — the one with the black hat
    un encuentro al que asistieron muchas personalidades a meeting which was attended by many well known people
    la obra de la que or de la cual hablábamos the play we were talking about
    B
    (con sustantivos en sentido genérico): me encanta la ópera I love opera
    odio el pescado I hate fish
    así es la vida that's life
    (nosotros) los mexicanos lo sabemos muy bien we Mexicans know only too well
    ¿ya vas a la escuela? do you go to school yet?
    ya salió del hospital she's out of the hospital ( AmE) o ( BrE) out of hospital
    en el mar at sea
    viajar por el espacio to travel in space
    C
    (en expresiones de tiempo): ocurrió el domingo de Pascua/en el verano del 76 it happened on Easter Sunday/in the summer of '76
    mi cumpleaños es el 28 de mayo my birthday's on May 28
    el mes pasado/que viene last/next month
    no trabaja los sábados she doesn't work (on) Saturdays
    estudió toda la mañana he studied all morning
    a las ocho at eight o'clock, at eight
    a eso de las seis around six o'clock
    D
    (cada): lo venden a $80 el kilo/metro they're selling it at $80 a kilo/a meter o at $80 per kilo/meter
    ¿cuánto cuesta el paquete de diez? how much does a packet of ten cost?
    E
    (con fracciones, porcentajes, números): me dio la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero she gave me half the money/a quarter of the money
    el 20% de los peruanos 20% of Peruvians
    vivo en el cuarto I live on the fifth floor ( AmE) o ( BrE) fourth floor
    (refiriéndose a partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc): con las manos en los bolsillos with my/your/his hands in my/your/his pockets
    ¡te cortaste el pelo! you've had your hair cut!
    tienes la falda sucia your skirt is dirty
    tienes el suéter puesto al revés you've got your sweater on inside out
    tiene el pelo largo/los ojos azules he has long hair/blue eyes
    1
    (con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc): llamó el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal/el general Santos Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal/General Santos phoned
    el gran Caruso the Great Caruso
    2
    (con nombres de mujeres famosas): la última película de la Monroe Monroe's last movie
    3
    (en plural): los Ortega (matrimonio) the Ortegas, Mr and Mrs Ortega; (familia) the Ortegas, the Ortega family
    a los Josés se les suele llamar Pepe people called José are often known as Pepe
    4 (fam: en muchas regiones crit)
    (con nombres de pila): pregúntale a la Carmen/al Ricardo ask Carmen/Ricardo
    5
    (con algunos nombres geográficos): en la India in India
    en (el) Perú in Peru
    6
    (al calificar): la España de Franco Franco's Spain
    el Buñuel que todos conocemos the Buñuel we all know
    la Italia del siglo pasado Italy in the last century
    7
    (con algunos equipos deportivos): juegan contra el Juventus/el Barcelona they're playing against Juventus/Barcelona
    H el
    (con infinitivo): odiaba el tener que pedírselo he hated having to ask her
    es cuidadoso y pausado en el hablar he's careful and deliberate in the way he speaks
    el frenético girar de los bailarines the frenzied spinning of the dancers
    al + INF ver a prep B 2. (↑ a 3)
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    el    
    él
    el (pl
    los), la (pl las) art the masculine article el is also used before feminine nouns which begin with accented a or ha, e.g. el agua pura, el hada madrina

    1




    así es la vida that's life;
    (nosotros) los mexicanos we Mexicans;
    ¿ya vas a la escuela? do you go to school yet?


    las tuyas yours;
    el último the last one;
    el estúpido del marido that stupid husband of hers
    2
    a) el + de:


    el de las nueve the nine o'clock one;
    el de mi hijo my son's
    b) el + que:


    los que estén cansados;
    those who are tired, anyone who's tired;
    la que te guste whichever you like
    3 ( en expresiones de tiempo):

    mi cumpleaños es el 28 de mayo my birthday's on May 28;
    el mes pasado last month;
    toda la mañana all morning;
    a las ocho at eight o'clock
    4 ( cada):
    $80 el metro/kilo $80 a meter/a kilo, $80 per kilo/meter

    5 (con fracciones, porcentajes, números):
    la mitad/la cuarta parte del dinero half the money/a quarter of the money;

    el 20% de … 20% of …
    6 (con partes del cuerpo, prendas de vestir, artículos personales, etc):

    ¡te cortaste el pelo! you've had your hair cut!;
    tiene los ojos azules he has blue eyes
    7
    a) (con apellidos acompañados de título, adjetivos, etc):

    el señor Ortiz/la doctora Vidal Mr Ortiz/Doctor Vidal;

    los Ortega the Ortegas


    ver África, Argentina, etc
    él pron pers
    a) ( como sujeto) he;

    ¿quién se lo va a decir? — él who's going to tell her?he is;

    lo hizo él mismo he did it himself;
    fue él it was him
    b) (en comparaciones, con preposiciones) him;

    ( refiriéndose a cosas) it;
    llegué antes que él I arrived before him o before he did;

    con/para él with/for him;
    son de él they're his
    el art def m
    1 the
    2 (no se traduce) (ante un tratamiento formal) el sr. Gómez, Mr Gomez
    (cuando el sustantivo es general) el hambre/tiempo, hunger/time
    3 (se traduce por un posesivo) (con partes del cuerpo) se ha cortado el pelo, she's cut her hair
    (prendas) se lo metió en el bolsillo, he put it in his pocket
    (pertenencias) guarda el diario en el cajón, put your diary into the drawer
    4 (con días de la semana) iré el miércoles, I'll go on Wednesday
    5 (cuando el sustantivo está elidido) the one: prefiero el azul, I prefer the blue one
    el de las diez, the ten o'clock one
    el que está en la mesa, the one that's on the table
    el que más nos guste, whichever one we like best
    (delante de un posesivo) el de María, Maria's
    es el mío, it's mine
    él pron pers
    1 (sujeto) (persona) he
    (animal, cosa) it: fue él, it was him, fue él el que..., it was him that... o it was he who...
    2 (complemento) (persona) him
    (animal, cosa) it
    dáselo a él, give it to him, es para él, it's for him
    3 (posesivo) de él, his
    4 (oración comparativa) ella es mejor que él, she's better than him o she's better than he is
    'él' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abajo
    - abalanzarse
    - abaratarse
    - abarquillarse
    - abarrotar
    - abarrotada
    - abarrotado
    - abastecimiento
    - abatir
    - abatimiento
    - abdicar
    - abierta
    - abierto
    - abismo
    - abogada
    - abogado
    - abominar
    - abominable
    - abordar
    - aborigen
    - aborregarse
    - abortar
    - abotargada
    - abotargado
    - abrir
    - abreviar
    - abrirse
    - absoluta
    - absoluto
    - abstención
    - abundancia
    - acabar
    - acabarse
    - acabose
    - acallar
    - acanallar
    - accionariado
    - acero
    - achacosa
    - achacoso
    - achatamiento
    - achicharrarse
    - aclarar
    - aclarado
    - acomodarse
    - acompañar
    - acondicionar
    - acostumbrada
    - acostumbrado
    English:
    A
    - abandon
    - ABC
    - ability
    - about
    - above
    - abroad
    - abseil
    - absence
    - absent
    - absolute
    - absolve
    - absorb
    - abstract
    - academic
    - accelerate
    - accommodate
    - accomplice
    - account
    - accurately
    - accusation
    - accused
    - accustom
    - aching
    - act
    - act on
    - act up
    - actual
    - actually
    - acute
    - address
    - adequately
    - adjourn
    - admission
    - admit
    - advance
    - advanced
    - advantage
    - advantageous
    - advise
    - advocate
    - affair
    - afford
    - afloat
    - afraid
    - after
    - against
    - age
    - agenda
    - aggregate
    * * *
    el (f la, mpl los, fpl las) art determinado el is used instead of la before feminine nouns which are stressed on the first syllable and begin with “a” or “ha” (e.g. el agua, el hacha). Note that el combines with the prepositions a and de to produce the contracted forms al and del.
    1. [con valor especificador] the;
    el coche the car;
    la casa the house;
    los niños the children;
    el agua/hacha/águila the water/axe/eagle;
    fui a recoger a los niños I went to pick up the children
    2. [con sustantivo abstracto, valor genérico]
    el amor love;
    la vida life;
    el hombre Man, human beings;
    los derechos de la mujer women's rights;
    los niños imitan a los adultos children copy adults;
    el pan es un alimento básico bread is a basic food;
    la mayoría de la gente no la conoce most people don't know her;
    vuelve el biquini bikinis are back
    3. [indica posesión, pertenencia]
    se partió la pierna he broke his leg;
    se quitó los zapatos she took her shoes off;
    tiene el pelo oscuro he has dark hair;
    me han robado la maleta my suitcase has been stolen;
    se dieron la mano they shook hands
    4. [con días de la semana, fechas, horas]
    vuelven el sábado they're coming back on Saturday;
    los domingos vamos al cine we go to the movies (on) Sundays;
    llegaré el 1 de mayo [escrito] I'll arrive on 1 May;
    [hablado] I'll arrive on the first of May;
    son las siete it's seven o'clock;
    el año pasado/que viene last/next year
    5. [con nombres propios geográficos]
    el Sena the (River) Seine;
    el Everest (Mount) Everest;
    la India India;
    La Haya The Hague;
    El Cairo Cairo;
    6. [con apellido]
    la señora Márquez Mrs Márquez;
    el señor/el doctor Juárez Mr/Doctor Juárez;
    los Amaya [matrimonio] Mr and Mrs Amaya, the Amayas;
    [familia completa] the Amayas, the Amaya family;
    los Austrias the Hapsburgs;
    el Hitler español the Spanish Hitler
    7. Fam [con nombre propio de persona]
    llama a la María call Maria
    8. [con numerales, porcentajes, fracciones]
    el siete es mi número de la suerte seven's my lucky number;
    llegó el tercero he came third;
    el tercer piso the third floor;
    un aumento del 30 por ciento a 30 percent increase;
    la quinta parte (de) a fifth (of);
    el 20 por ciento (de) 20 percent (of)
    9. [en proporciones, precios]
    100 pesos el kilo 100 pesos a o per kilo
    10. [con complemento especificativo]
    el/la del sombrero the one with the hat;
    los/las de azul [cosas] the blue ones;
    [personas] the ones in blue;
    he perdido el tren, cogeré el de las nueve I've missed the train, I'll get the nine o'clock one;
    el de aquí this one here;
    ¿los del parque son amigos tuyos? were those people in the park friends of yours?;
    prefiero las del escaparate I prefer the ones in the window;
    los del fondo no se callan the people at the back won't shut up
    11. [con complemento posesivo]
    mi hermano y el de Juan my brother and Juan's;
    el mío mine;
    la tuya yours;
    los suyos theirs
    12. [con adjetivo]
    prefiero el rojo al azul I prefer the red one to the blue one;
    el/la mejor the best;
    es la mejor de la clase she's the best in the class, she's top of the class;
    los seleccionados realizarán un examen those chosen will sit an exam;
    el tonto de Ignacio se equivocó that idiot Ignacio got it wrong
    13. [con infinitivo]
    el beber tanto acabó con él all that drinking is what finished him off;
    es amante del buen comer she loves good food;
    me sienta mal el tener que decírtelo I don't like to have to tell you
    14. [con frases subordinadas]
    el/la que [cosa] whichever;
    [persona] whoever;
    los/las que [cosas] whichever;
    [personas] whoever;
    coge el/los que quieras take whichever you like;
    el que más corra whoever runs fastest, the one who runs the fastest;
    las que quieran venir que levanten la mano those who want to come o anyone who wants to come should put their hand up;
    el que no te guste no quiere decir que sea malo the fact that you don't like him doesn't make him a bad person
    15. [con valor enfático]
    ¡la pena que me dio verlo en ese estado! I felt so sorry for him when I saw him in that state!
    * * *
    el
    I art the
    II pron
    :
    el de … that of …;
    el de Juan Juan’s;
    el más grande the biggest (one);
    el que está … the one that is …
    * * *
    él pron
    : he, him
    él es mi amigo: he's my friend
    hablaremos con él: we will speak with him
    1) : the one
    tengo mi libro y el tuyo: I have my book and yours
    de los cantantes me gusta el de México: I prefer the singer from México
    2)
    el que : he who, whoever, the one that
    el que vino ayer: the one who came yesterday
    el que trabaja duro estará contento: he who works hard will be happy
    el, la art, pl los, las : the
    los niños están en la casa: the boys are in the house
    me duele el pie: my foot hurts
    * * *
    el det
    1. the
    ¿qué te pareció el libro? what did you think of the book?
    2. (posesivo) my / your / his / her etcétera
    ¿te has cortado el pelo? have you had your hair cut?
    ¿cuál prefieres? el azul which one do you prefer? the blue one
    ¡Ojo! Algunas veces no se traduce
    ¿quieres salir el sábado? do you want to go out on Saturday?
    el Sr. García Mr. García
    el que (persona) the one who / the one that (cosa) the one which / the one that
    con el que that... with
    en el que that... in

    Spanish-English dictionary > él

  • 104 tableau

    tableau (plural tableaux) [tablo]
    1. masculine noun
       a. ( = peinture) painting
       b. ( = panneau) board ; (Railways) train indicator ; (à l'école) blackboard
    aller au tableau to go up to the blackboard ; ( = se faire interroger) to be asked questions (on a school subject)
       c. [de clés] rack
       d. ( = graphique) table ; (par tableur) spreadsheet
    tu vois le tableau ! (inf) you can imagine!
    tableau de bord [de voiture] dashboard ; [d'avion, bateau] instrument panel
    tableau de chasse [de chasseur] bag ; [de séducteur] tally
    * * *
    pl tableaux tablo nom masculin
    1) ( œuvre d'art) gén picture; ( peinture) painting
    2) ( description) picture
    3) ( spectacle) picture

    en plus, il était ivre, tu vois un peu le tableau! — (colloq) on top of that he was drunk, you can just imagine!

    4) ( présentation graphique) table, chart
    5) École blackboard
    6) ( affichant des renseignements) gén board; Chemin de Fer indicator board
    7) ( support mural) board
    8) Théâtre short scene
    Phrasal Verbs:
    ••

    jouer or miser sur les deux tableaux — to hedge one's bets

    gagner/perdre sur tous les tableaux — to win/to lose on all counts

    * * *
    tablo
    tableaux pl nm
    1) ART painting
    2) fig (= description, situation) picture

    Les résultats catastrophiques de l'an dernier assombrissent encore le tableau. — Last year's catastrophic results make the picture even darker.

    3) (= panneau) board
    4) (= schéma) table, chart
    * * *
    tableau, pl tableaux nm
    1 ( œuvre d'art) gén picture; ( peinture) painting; ⇒ galerie, vieux;
    2 ( description) picture; brosser un tableau sombre de la situation to paint a black picture of the situation; et pour achever or compléter le tableau and to cap it all;
    3 ( spectacle) picture; des enfants jouant dans un jardin, quel tableau charmant! children playing in a garden, what a charming picture!; le tableau général est plus sombre the overall picture is more gloomy; en plus, il était ivre, tu vois un peu le tableau! on top of that he was drunk, you can just imagine!;
    4 ( présentation graphique) table, chart; ‘voir tableau’ ‘see table’; tableau des marées tide table; tableau des températures temperature chart; tableau synchronique/synoptique historical/synoptic chart; tableau à double entrée Ordinat two-dimensional array; présenter qch sous forme de tableau to present sth in tabular form;
    5 Scol blackboard; écrire qch au tableau to write sth on the blackboard; passer or aller au tableau to go (up) to the blackboard;
    6 ( affichant des renseignements) board; Rail indicator board; tableau des départs/arrivées departures/arrivals indicator; tableau horaire timetable;
    7 ( support mural) board; tableau des clés key rack; tableau pour fusibles fuse box;
    8 ( liste) register GB, roll US;
    9 Théât short scene.
    tableau d'affichage notice board; tableau d'avancement promotion table, roster list; tableau blanc white board; tableau de bord Aut dashboard; Aviat, Rail instrument panel; ( en gestion) performance indicators (pl); tableau de chasse ( de chasseur) total number of kills; ( de séducteur) list of conquests; ( de pilote de chasse) total number of hits; tableau clinique patient's charts (pl); tableau de commande control panel; tableau comptable financial statement; tableau de conférence paperboard; tableau d'honneur honours board GB, honor roll US; être inscrit au tableau d'honneur to be on the honours board GB ou honor roll US; tableau de maître Art master painting; tableau de marche flow chart; tableau matriciel matrix; tableau noir blackboard; tableau papier paperboard; tableau de prix price list; tableau vivant tableau vivant.
    jouer or miser sur les deux tableaux to hedge one's bets; gagner/perdre sur tous les tableaux to win/to lose on all counts.
    ( pluriel tableaux) [tablo] nom masculin
    2. [support mural] rack, board
    3. [panneau d'information] board
    tableau des arrivées/départs arrivals/departures board
    5. [spectacle] scene, picture
    6. [description] picture
    7. [diagramme] table
    8. [liste - généralement] list, table ; [ - d'une profession] roll
    a. [répétitions] rehearsal roster
    b. [représentations] performances roster
    gagner sur les deux/tous les tableaux to win on both/all counts
    tableau de bord nom masculin
    tableau de chasse nom masculin
    3. (familier) [conquêtes amoureuses] conquests
    ————————
    tableau d'honneur nom masculin

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > tableau

  • 105 πνεῦμα

    πνεῦμα, ατος, τό (πνέω; Aeschyl., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+. On the history of the word s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 308ff).
    air in movement, blowing, breathing (even the glowing exhalations of a volcanic crater: Diod S 5, 7, 3)
    wind (Aeschyl. et al.; LXX, EpArist, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 343; 349; SibOr 8, 297) in wordplay τὸ πνεῦμα πνεῖ the wind blows J 3:8a (EpJer 60 πνεῦμα ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ πνεῖ. But s. TDonn, ET 66, ’54f, 32; JThomas, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 219–24). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη MPol 15:2. Of God ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα who makes his angels winds Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both Ps 103:4).
    the breathing out of air, blowing, breath (Aeschyl. et al.; Pla., Tim. 79b; LXX) ὁ ἄνομος, ὅν ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 2 Th 2:8 (cp. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6).
    that which animates or gives life to the body, breath, (life-)spirit (Aeschyl. et al.; Phoenix of Colophon 1, 16 [Coll. Alex. p. 231] πν.=a breathing entity [in contrast to becoming earth in death]; Polyb. 31, 10, 4; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 394b, 8ff; PHib 5, 54 [III B.C.]; PGM 4, 538; 658; 2499; LXX; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 19 [Stone p. 44] al.; JosAs 19:3; SibOr 4, 46; Tat. 4:2) ἀφιέναι τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit, breathe one’s last (Eur., Hec. 571; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 2) Mt 27:50. J says for this παραδιδόναι τὸ πν. 19:3 (cp. ApcMos 31 ἀποδῶ τὸ πν.; Just., D. 105, 5). Of the return of the (life-)spirit of a deceased person into her dead body ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πν. αὐτῆς Lk 8:55 (cp. Jdg 15:19). εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ πν. μου into your hands I entrust my spirit 23:46 (Ps 30:6; for alleged focus on ἐλπίζειν s. EBons, BZ 38, ’94, 93–101). κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου Ac 7:59; composite of both passages AcPl Ha 10, 23 (cp. ApcMos 42). τὸ πν. μου ὁ δεσπότης δέξεται GJs 23:3 (on the pneuma flying upward after death cp. Epicharm. in Vorsokrat. 23 [=13, 4th ed.], B 9 and 22; Eur., Suppl. 533 πνεῦμα μὲν πρὸς αἰθέρα, τὸ σῶμα δʼ ἐς γῆν; PGM 1, 177ff τελευτήσαντός σου τὸ σῶμα περιστελεῖ, σοῦ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα … εἰς ἀέρα ἄξει σὺν αὑτῷ ‘when you are dead [the angel] will wrap your body … and take your spirit with him into the sky’). τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πν. νεκρόν ἐστιν Js 2:26. πν. ζωῆς ἐκ τ. θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the prophet-witnesses who have been martyred) Rv 11:11 (cp. Ezk 37:10 v.l. εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα ζωῆς; vs. 5). Of the spirit that animated the image of a beast, and enabled it to speak and to have Christians put to death 13:15.—After a person’s death, the πν. lives on as an independent being, in heaven πνεύματα δικαὶων τετελειωμένων Hb 12:23 (cp. Da 3:86 εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, τὸν κύριον). According to non-biblical sources, the πν. are in the netherworld (cp. En 22:3–13; Sib Or 7, 127) or in the air (PGM 1, 178), where evil spirits can prevent them from ascending higher (s. ἀήρ2b). τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς ἐκήρυξεν 1 Pt 3:19 belongs here if it refers to Jesus’ preaching to the spirits of the dead confined in Hades (so Usteri et al.; s. also JMcCulloch, The Harrowing of Hell, 1930), whether it be when he descended into Hades, or when he returned to heaven (so RBultmann, Bekenntnis u. Liedfragmente im 1 Pt: ConNeot11, ’47, 1–14).—CClemen, Niedergefahren zu den Toten 1900; JTurmel, La Descente du Christ aux enfers 1905; JMonnier, La Descente aux enfers 1906; HHoltzmann, ARW 11, 1908, 285–97; KGschwind, Die Niederfahrt Christi in die Unterwelt 1911; DPlooij, De Descensus in 1 Pt 3:19 en 4:6: TT 47, 1913, 145–62; JBernard, The Descent into Hades a Christian Baptism (on 1 Pt 3:19ff): Exp. 8th ser., 11, 1916, 241–74; CSchmidt, Gespräche Jesu mit seinen Jüngern: TU 43, 1919, 452ff; JFrings, BZ 17, 1926, 75–88; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32; RGanschinietz, Katabasis: Pauly-W. X/2, 1919, 2359–449; Clemen2 89–96; WBieder, Die Vorstellung v. d. Höllenfahrt Jesu Chr. ’49; SJohnson, JBL 79, ’60, 48–51; WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits ’65. S. also the lit. in Windisch, Hdb.2 1930, exc. on 1 Pt 3:20; ESelwyn, The First Ep. of St. Peter ’46 and 4c below.—This is prob. also the place for θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι• ἐν ᾧ καὶ … 1 Pt 3:18f (some mss. read πνεύματι instead of πνεύμασιν in vs. 19, evidently in ref. to the manner of Jesus’ movement; πνεῦμα is that part of Christ which, in contrast to σάρξ, did not pass away in death, but survived as an individual entity after death; s. ἐν 7). Likew. the contrast κατὰ σάρκα … κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 1:3f. Cp. 1 Ti 3:16.
    a part of human personality, spirit
    when used with σάρξ, the flesh, it denotes the immaterial part 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5. Flesh and spirit=the whole personality, in its outer and inner aspects, oft. in Ign.: IMg 1:2; 13:1a; ITr ins; 12:1; IRo ins; ISm 1:1; IPol 5:1; AcPl Ant 13, 18 (=Aa I 237, 3).—In the same sense beside σῶμα, the body (Simplicius, In Epict. p. 50, 1; Ps.-Phoc. 106f; PGM 1, 178) 1 Cor 5:3–5; 7:34.—The inner life of humans is divided into ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα (cp. Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 10 p. 370c τὶ θεῖον ὄντως ἐνῆν πνεῦμα τῇ ψυχῇ=a divine spirit was actually in the soul; Wsd 15:11; Jos., Ant. 1, 34; Tat. 13, 2; 15, 1 et al.; Ath. 27, 1. S. also Herm. Wr. 10, 13; 16f; PGM 4, 627; 630. ἐκ τριῶν συνεστάναι λέγουσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ πνεύματος Did., Gen. 55, 14) Hb 4:12. Cp. Phil 1:27. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα 1 Th 5:23 (s. GMilligan, Thess. 1908, 78f; EvDobschütz in Meyer X7 1909, 230ff; EBurton, Spirit, Soul, and Flesh 1918; AFestugière, La Trichotomie des 1 Th 5:23 et la Philos. gr.: RSR 20, 1930, 385–415; CMasson, RTP 33, ’45, 97–102; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 161–66). σαρκί, ψυχῇ, πνεύματι IPhld 11:2.
    as the source and seat of insight, feeling, and will, gener. as the representative part of human inner life (cp. PGM 4, 627; 3 Km 20:5; Sir 9:9 al.; Just., D. 30, 1; Did., Gen. 232, 5) ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ Mk 2:8. ἀναστενάξας τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ λέγει 8:12 (s. ἀναστενάζω). ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πν. μου Lk 1:47 (in parallelism w. ψυχή vs. 46, as Sir 9:9). ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ πν. 10:21 v.l., Ἰησοῦς ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πν. J 11:33 (s. ἐμβριμάομαι 3); Ἰης. ἐταράχθη τῷ πν. 13:21. παρωξύνετο τὸ πν. αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Ac 17:16; ζέων τῷ πν. with spirit-fervor 18:25 (s. ζέω). τὸ παιδίον ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι Lk 1:80; 2:40 v.l.; ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πν. Paul made up his mind Ac 19:21 (some would put this pass. in 6c, but cp. Lk 1:66 and analogous formulations Hom. et al. in L-S-J-M s.v. τίθημι A6). προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι of the spiritual, i.e. the pure, inner worship of God, that has nothing to do w. holy times, places, appurtenances, or ceremonies J 4:23; cp. vs. 24b. πν. συντετριμμένον (Ps 50:19) 1 Cl 18:17; 52:4.—2 Cl 20:4; Hv 3, 12, 2; 3, 13, 2.—This usage is also found in Paul. His conviction (s. 5 below) that the Christian possesses the (divine) πνεῦμα and thus is different fr. all other people, leads him to choose this word in preference to others, in order to characterize a believer’s inner being gener. ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πν. μου Ro 1:9. οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πν. μου 2 Cor 2:13. Cp. 7:13. As a matter of fact, it can mean simply a person’s very self or ego: τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν the Spirit (of God) bears witness to our very self Ro 8:16 (cp. PGM 12, 327 ἠκούσθη μου τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπὸ πνεύματος οὐρανοῦ). ἀνέπαυσαν τὸ ἐμὸν πν. καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν they have refreshed both me and you 1 Cor 16:18. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. μετά τοῦ πν. (ὑμῶν) Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25. Cp. 2 Ti 4:22. Likew. in Ign. τὸ ἐμὸν πν. my (unworthy) self IEph 18:1; IRo 9:3; cp. 1 Cor 2:11a—On the relation of the divine Spirit to the believer’s spiritual self, s. SWollenweider, Der Geist Gottes als Selbst der Glaubenden: ZTK 93, ’96, 163–92.—Only a part of the inner life, i.e. that which concerns the will, is meant in τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. That which is inferior, anxiety, fear of suffering, etc. is attributed to the σάρξ.—The mng. of the expr. οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 is difficult to determine w. certainty (cp. Pla., Ep. 7, 335a πένης ἀνὴρ τὴν ψυχήν. The dat. as τῇ ψυχῇ M. Ant. 6, 52; 8, 51). The sense is prob. those who are poor in their inner life, because they do not have a misdirected pride in their own spiritual riches (s. AKlöpper, Über den Sinn u. die ursprgl. Form der ersten Seligpreisung der Bergpredigt bei Mt: ZWT 37, 1894, 175–91; RKabisch, Die erste Seligpreisung: StKr 69, 1896, 195–215; KKöhler, Die ursprgl. Form der Seligpreisungen: StKr 91, 1918, 157–92; JBoehmer, De Schatkamer 17, 1923, 11–16, TT [Copenhagen] 4, 1924, 195–207, JBL 45, 1926, 298–304; WMacgregor, ET 39, 1928, 293–97; VMacchioro, JR 12, ’32, 40–49; EEvans, Theology 47, ’44, 55–60; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 134ff; Betz, SM 116 n. 178 for Qumran reff.).
    spiritual state, state of mind, disposition ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος with love and a gentle spirit 1 Cor 4:21; cp. Gal 6:1. τὸ πν. τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν Eph 4:23 (s. νοῦς 2a). ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος with the imperishable (gift) of a quiet disposition 1 Pt 3:4.
    an independent noncorporeal being, in contrast to a being that can be perceived by the physical senses, spirit (ELangton, Good and Evil Spirits ’42).
    God personally: πνεῦμα ὁ θεός J 4:24a (Ath. 16, 2; on God as a spirit, esp. in the Stoa, s. MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48/49. Hdb. ad loc. Also Celsus 6, 71 [Stoic]; Herm. Wr. 18, 3 ἀκάματον μέν ἐστι πνεῦμα ὁ θεός).
    good, or at least not expressly evil spirits or spirit-beings (cp. CIG III, 5858b δαίμονες καὶ πνεύματα; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 69, 6; 12 Pasqu.; En 15:4; 6; 8; 10; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 15f [Stone p. 10, 15f] πάντα τὰ ἐπουράνια πνεύματα; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82] ὑψηλὸν πν.; PGM 3, 8 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, ἱερὸν πνεῦμα; 4, 1448; 3080; 12, 249) πνεῦμα w. ἄγγελος (cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 108; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 33; 8, 12) Ac 23:8f. God is ὁ παντὸς πνεύματος κτίστης καὶ ἐπίσκοπος 1 Cl 59:3b.—Pl., God the μόνος εὐεργέτης πνεύματων 1 Cl 59:3a. Cp. 64 (s. on this Num 16:22; 27:16. Prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 351–55=LAE 423ff=SIG 1181, 2] τὸν θεὸν τὸν κύριον τῶν πνευμάτων; PGM 5, 467 θεὸς θεῶν, ὁ κύριος τῶν πν.; sim. the magic pap PWarr 21, 24; 26 [III A.D.]); the πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9. Intermediary beings (in polytheistic terminology: δαίμονες) that serve God are called λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα Hb 1:14. In Rv we read of the ἑπτὰ πνεύματα (τοῦ θεοῦ) 1:4; 3:1; 4:5; 5:6; s. ASkrinjar, Biblica 16, ’35, 1–24; 113–40.— Ghost Lk 24:37, 39.
    evil spirits (PGM 13, 798; 36, 160; TestJob 27, 2; ApcSed [both Satan]; AscIs 3:28; Just., D. 39, 6 al.; Ath. 25, 3), esp. in accounts of healing in the Synoptics: (τὸ) πνεῦμα (τὸ) ἀκάθαρτον (Just., D. 82, 3) Mt 12:43; Mk 1:23, 26; 3:30; 5:2, 8; 7:25; 9:25a; Lk 8:29; 9:42; 11:24; Rv 18:2. Pl. (TestBenj 5:2) Mt 10:1; Mk 1:27; 3:11; 5:13; 6:7; Lk 4:36; 6:18; Ac 5:16; 8:7; Rv 16:13; ending of Mk in the Freer ms.—τὸ πν. τὸ πονηρόν Ac 19:15f. Pl. (En 99:7; TestSim 4:9; 6:6, TestJud 16:1; Just., D. 76, 6) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f.—πν. ἄλαλον Mk 9:17; cp. vs. 25b (s. ἄλαλος). πν. πύθων Ac 16:16 (s. πύθων). πν. ἀσθενείας Lk 13:11. Cp. 1 Ti 4:1b. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (s. δαιμόνιον 2) Lk 4:33. πνεύματα δαιμονίων Rv 16:14 (in effect = personified ‘exhalations’ of evil powers; for the combination of πν. and δαιμ. cp. the love spell Sb 4324, 16f τὰ πνεύματα τῶν δαιμόνων τούτων).—Abs. of a harmful spirit Mk 9:20; Lk 9:39; Ac 16:18. Pl. Mt 8:16; 12:45; Lk 10:20; 11:26.—1 Pt 3:19 (s. 2 above) belongs here if the πνεύματα refer to hostile spirit-powers, evil spirits, fallen angels (so FSpitta, Christi Predigt an die Geister 1890; HGunkel, Zum religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT 1903, 72f; WBousset, ZNW 19, 1920, 50–66; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919, 25ff; Knopf, Windisch, FHauck ad loc.; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, esp. 54–56, 69).—Hermas also has the concept of evil spirits that lead an independent existence, and live and reign within the inner life of a pers.; the Holy Spirit, who also lives or would like to live there, is forced out by them (cp. TestDan 4) Hm 5, 1, 2–4; 5, 2, 5–8; 10, 1, 2. τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον … ἕτερον πονηρὸν πν. 5, 1, 2. These πνεύματα are ὀξυχολία 5, 1, 3; 5, 2, 8 (τὸ πονηρότατον πν.); 10, 1, 2; διψυχία 9:11 (ἐπίγειον πν. ἐστι παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου); 10, 1, 2; λύπη 10, 1, 2 (πάντων τῶν πνευμάτων πονηροτέρα) and other vices. On the complicated pneuma-concept of the Mandates of Hermas s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hm 5, 2, 7; cp. Leutzsch, Hermas 453f n. 133.
    God’s being as controlling influence, with focus on association with humans, Spirit, spirit as that which differentiates God fr. everything that is not God, as the divine power that produces all divine existence, as the divine element in which all divine life is carried on, as the bearer of every application of the divine will. All those who belong to God possess or receive this spirit and hence have a share in God’s life. This spirit also serves to distinguish Christians fr. all unbelievers (cp. PGM 4, 1121ff, where the spirit is greeted as one who enters devotees and, in accordance w. God’s will, separates them fr. themselves, i.e. fr. the purely human part of their nature); for this latter aspect s. esp. 6 below.
    the Spirit of God, of the Lord (=God) etc. (LXX; TestSim 4:4; JosAs 8:11; ApcSed 14:6; 15:6; ApcMos 43; SibOr 3, 701; Ps.-Phoc. 106; Philo; Joseph. [s. c below]; apolog. Cp. Plut., Numa 4, 6 πνεῦμα θεοῦ, capable of begetting children; s. παρθένος a) τὸ πν. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:11b, 14; 3:16; 6:11; 1J 4:2a (Just., D. 49, 3; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 22, 3). τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πν. 1 Pt 4:14 (Just., A I, 60, 6). τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12b. τὸ πν. κυρίου Ac 5:9; B 6:14; B 9:2 (cp. Mel., P. 32, 222). τὸ πνεῦμά μου or αὐτοῦ: Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1); Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f.—Cp. 1QS 4:21); 1 Cor 2:10a v.l.; Eph 3:16; 1 Th 4:8 (where τὸ ἅγιον is added); 1J 4:13.—τὸ πν. τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν Mt 10:20. τὸ πν. τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ro 8:11a.—Without the art. πν. θεοῦ (JosAs 4:9; Tat. 15:3; Theoph. Ant. 1, 5 [p. 66, 18]) the Spirit of God Mt 3:16; 12:28; Ro 8:9b, 14, 19; 1 Cor 7:40; 12:3a; 2 Cor 3:3 (πν. θεοῦ ζῶντος); Phil 3:3. πν. κυρίου Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39 (like J 3:8; 20:22; Ac 2:4, this pass. belongs on the borderline betw. the mngs. ‘wind’ and ‘spirit’; cp. Diod S 3, 60, 3 Ἕσπερον ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ πνευμάτων συναρπαγέντα μεγάλων ἄφαντον γενέσθαι ‘Hesperus [a son of Atlas] was suddenly snatched by strong winds and vanished fr. sight’. S. HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919, 19ff; OCullmann, TZ. 4, ’48, 364); 1 Cl 21:2.
    the Spirit of Christ, of the Lord (=Christ) etc. τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ Ac 16:7. τὸ πν. Χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:32. τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πν. Χριστοῦ 1 Pt 1:11. πν. Χριστοῦ Ro 8:9c. πν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ AcPl Ha 8, 18. ἀπὸ τοῦ πν. τοῦ χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:10. τὸ πν. Ἰης. Χριστοῦ Phil 1:19. τὸ πν. κυρίου 2 Cor 3:17b (JHermann, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61). τὸ πν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) Gal 4:6. As possessor of the divine Spirit, and at the same time controlling its distribution among humans, Christ is called κύριος πνεύματος Lord of the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18 (s. Windisch ad loc.); but many prefer to transl. from the Lord who is the Spirit.—CMoule, OCullmann Festschr., ’72, 231–37.
    Because of its heavenly origin and nature this Spirit is called (the) Holy Spirit (cp. PGM 4, 510 ἵνα πνεύσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πνεῦμα.—Neither Philo nor Josephus called the Spirit πν. ἅγιον; the former used θεῖον or θεοῦ πν., the latter πν. θεῖον: Ant. 4, 118; 8, 408; 10, 239; but ἅγιον πνεῦμα Orig. C. Cels 1, 40, 16).
    α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον (Is 63:10f; Ps 50:13; 142:10 v.l.; cp. Sus 45 Theod.; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 10 [Stone p. 10]; JosAs 8:11 [codd. ADE]; AscIs 3, 15, 26; Just., D. 36, 6 al.) Mt 12:32 = Mk 3:29 = Lk 12:10 (τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα; on the ‘sin against the Holy Spirit’ s. HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 96–112; AFridrichsen, Le péché contre le Saint-Esprit: RHPR 3, 1923, 367–72). Mk 12:36; 13:11; Lk 2:26; 3:22; 10:21; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; 2:33; 5:3, 32; 7:51; 8:18 v.l.; 10:44, 47; 11:15; 13:2; 15:8, 28; 19:6; 20:23, 28; 21:11; 28:25; Eph 1:13 (τὸ πν. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἅγιον); 4:30 (τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ); Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 16:2; 18:11 (Ps 50:13); 22:1; IEph 9:1; Hs 5, 5, 2; 5, 6, 5–7 (on the relationship of the Holy Spirit to the Son in Hermas s. ALink, Christi Person u. Werk im Hirten des Hermas 1886; JvWalter, ZNW 14, 1913, 133–44; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. following Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 572–76).—τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα (Wsd 9:17; OdeSol 11:2; TestJob 51:2; ApcEsdr 7:16; Just. D. 25, 1 al.) Mt 28:19; Lk 12:10 (s. above), 12; Ac 1:8; 2:38 (epexegetic gen.); 4:31; 9:31; 10:45; 13:4; 16:6; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 13:13; 1J 5:7 v.l. (on the Comma Johanneum s. λόγο 3); GJs 24:4 (s. χρηματίζω 1bα). As the mother of Jesus GHb 20, 61 (HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 64ff; SHirsch, D. Vorstellg. v. e. weibl. πνεῦμα ἅγ. im NT u. in d. ältesten christl. Lit. 1927. Also WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 9ff).
    β. without the art. (s. B-D-F §257, 2; Rob. 761; 795) πνεῦμα ἅγιον (PGM 3, 289; Da 5:12 LXX; PsSol 17:37; AssMos Fgm. b; Just., D. 4, 1 al.; Ath. 24, 1. S. also Da Theod. 4:8, 9, 18 θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἅγιον or πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον) Mk 1:8; Lk 1:15, 35, 41, 67; 2:25; 4:1; 11:13; J 20:22 (Cassien, La pentecôte johannique [J 20:19–23] ’39.—See also 1QS 4:20f); Ac 2:4a; 4:8; 7:55; 8:15, 17, 19; 9:17; 10:38; 11:24; 13:9; 19:2ab; Hb 2:4; 6:4; 1 Pt 1:12 v.l.; 1 Cl 2:2; AcPl 6:18; 9:4 (restored after Aa I 110, 11); AcPlCor 2:5.—So oft. in combination w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου Ac 1:2; 4:25; Ro 5:5; 2 Ti 1:14; 1 Cl 8:1 (cp. διὰ πν. αἰωνίου Hb 9:14). διὰ φωνῆς πν. ἁγίου AcPl Ha 11, 6. ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου (Eus., PE 3, 12, 3 of the Egyptians: ἐκ τ. πνεύματος οἴονται συλλαμβάνειν τὸν γῦπα. Here πνεῦμα= ‘wind’; s. Horapollo 1, 11 p. 14f. The same of other birds since Aristot.—On the neut. πνεῦμα as a masc. principle cp. Aristoxenus, Fgm. 13 of the two original principles: πατέρα μὲν φῶς, μητέρα δὲ σκότος) Mt 1:18, 20; IEph 18:2; GJs 14:2; 19:1 (pap). ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ (PsSol 17:37; ApcZeph; Ar. 15, 1) Mt 3:11; Mk 1:8 v.l.; Lk 3:16; J 1:33b; Ac 1:5 (cp. 1QS 3:7f); 11:16; Ro 9:1; 14:17; 15:16; 1 Cor 12:3b; 2 Cor 6:6; 1 Th 1:5; 1 Pt 1:12 (without ἐν v.l.); Jd 20. ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου 2 Pt 1:21. Cp. ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος ἁγίου Ro 15:13, 19 v.l. (for πνεύματος θεοῦ). μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου 1 Th 1:6. διὰ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου Tit 3:5.
    abs.
    α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα. In this connection the art. is perh. used anaphorically at times, w. the second mention of a word (s. B-D-F §252; Rob. 762); perh. Mt 12:31 (looking back to vs. 28 πν. θεοῦ); Mk 1:10, 12 (cp. vs. 8 πν. ἅγιον); Lk 4:1b, 14 (cp. vs. 1a); Ac 2:4b (cp. vs. 4a).—As a rule it is not possible to assume that anaphora is present: Mt 4:1; J 1:32, 33a; 3:6a, 8b (in wordplay), 34; 7:39a; Ac 8:29; 10:19; 11:12, 28; 19:1 D; 20:3 D, 22; 21:4; Ro 8:23 (ἀπαρχή 1bβ; 2), 26a, 27; 12:11; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:22 and 5:5 (KErlemann, ZNW 83, ’92, 202–23, and s. ἀρραβών); 12:18 (τῷ αὐτῷ πν.); Gal 3:2, 5, 14 (ἐπαγγελία 1bβ); Eph 4:3 (gen. of the author); 6:17 (perh. epexegetic gen.); 1 Ti 4:1a; Js 4:5; 1J 3:24; 5:6ab (some mss. add καὶ πνεύματος to the words διʼ ὕδατος κ. αἵματος at the beg. of the verse; this is approved by HvSoden, Moffatt, Vogels, Merk, and w. reservations by CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46, TManson, JTS 48, ’47, 25–33), vs. 8; Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; 14:13; 22:17; B 19:2, B 7= D 4:10 (s. ἐτοιμάζω b). ἐν τῷ πνεύματι (led) by the Spirit Lk 2:27.—Paul links this Spirit of God, known to every Christian, with Christ as liberating agent in contrast to legal constraint ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα ἐστιν the Lord means Spirit 2 Cor 3:17a (UHolzmeister, 2 Cor 3:17 Dominus autem Spiritus est 1908; JNisius, Zur Erklärung v. 2 Cor 3:16ff: ZKT 40, 1916, 617–75; JKögel, Ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν: ASchlatter Festschr. 1922, 35–46; C Guignebert, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. II 1928, 7–22; EFuchs, Christus u. d. Geist b. Pls ’32; HHughes, ET 45, ’34, 235f; CLattey, Verb. Dom. 20, ’40, 187–89; DGriffiths ET 55, ’43, 81–83; HIngo, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61 [Paul]; JDunn, JTS 21, ’70, 309–20).
    β. without the art. πνεῦμα B 1:3. κοινωνία πνεύματος Phil 2:1 (κοινωνία 1 and 2). πνεύματι in the Spirit or through the Spirit Gal 3:3; 5:5, 16, 18; 1 Pt 4:6. εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν if we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit Gal 5:25. Freq. used w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. ἐξ (ὕδατος καὶ) πνεύματος J 3:5. ἐν πνεύματι in, by, through the Spirit Mt 22:43; Eph 2:22; 3:5; 5:18; 6:18; Col 1:8 (ἀγάπη ἐν πνεύματι love called forth by the Spirit); B 9:7. κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4f; Gal 4:29. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2 (s. ἁγιασμός).—In neg. expressions: οὔπω ἧν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39b. ψυχικοὶ πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες worldly people, who do not have the Spirit Jd 19.—ἓν πνεῦμα one and the same Spirit 1 Cor 12:13; Eph 2:18; 4:4; one (in) Spirit 1 Cor 6:17.
    The Spirit is more closely defined by a gen. of thing: τὸ πν. τῆς ἀληθείας (TestJud 20:5) J 14:17; 15:26; 16:13 (in these three places the Spirit of Truth is the Paraclete promised by Jesus upon his departure); 1J 4:6 (opp. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης, as TestJud 20:1; PsSol 8:14 πλ. πλανήσεως; Just., D. 7, 3 πλάνου καὶ ἀκαθάρτου πνεύματος; cp. 1QS 4:23); τὸ τῆς δόξης πν. 1 Pt 4:14. τὸ πν. τῆς ζωῆς the Spirit of life Ro 8:2. το πν. τῆς πίστεως 2 Cor 4:13. πν. σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως Eph 1:17 (cp. Just., D. 87, 4). πν. υἱοθεσίας Ro 8:15b (opp. πν. δουλείας vs. 15a). πν. δυνάμεως AcPl Ha 8, 25. πν. δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 2 Ti 1:7 (opp. πν. δειλίας). τὸ πν. τῆς χάριτος (s. TestJud 24:2) Hb 10:29 (Zech 12:10); cp. 1 Cl 46:6.
    Of Christ ‘it is written’ in Scripture: (ἐγένετο) ὁ ἔσχατος Ἀδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Cor 15:45. The scripture pass. upon which the first part of this verse is based is Gen 2:7, where Wsd 15:11 also substitutes the words πνεῦμα ζωτικόν for πνοὴν ζωῆς (cp. Just., D. 6, 2). On the other hand, s. Philo, Leg. All. 1, 42 and s. the lit. s.v. Ἀδάμ ad loc.
    The (divine) Pneuma stands in contrast to everything that characterizes this age or the finite world gener.: οὐ τὸ πν. τοῦ κόσμου ἀλλὰ τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12; cp. Eph 2:2 and 1 Ti 4:1ab.
    α. in contrast to σάρξ, which is more closely connected w. sin than any other earthly material (Just., D. 135, 6): J 3:6; Ro 8:4–6, 9a, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:17ab; 6:8. Cp. B 10:9. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος στρατεύεται Pol 5:3.
    β. in contrast to σῶμα (=σάρξ) Ro 8:10 and to σάρξ (=σῶμα, as many hold) J 6:63a (for τὸ πν. ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν cp. Philo, Op. Mund. 30; Herm. Wr. in Cyrill., C. Jul. I 556c=542, 24 Sc. the pneuma τὰ πάντα ζῳοποιεῖ καὶ τρέφει. S. also f above). Cp. Ro 8:11b.
    γ. in contrast to γράμμα, which is the characteristic quality of God’s older declaration of the divine will in the law: Ro 2:29; 7:6; 2 Cor 3:6ab, 8 (cp. vs. 7).
    δ. in contrast to the wisdom of humans 1 Cor 2:13.
    the Spirit of God as exhibited in the character or activity of God’s people or selected agents, Spirit, spirit (s. HPreisker, Geist u. Leben ’33).
    πνεῦμα is accompanied by another noun, which characterizes the working of the Spirit more definitely: πνεῦμα καὶ δύναμις spirit and power Lk 1:17; 1 Cor 2:4. Cp. Ac 10:38; 1 Th 1:5. πνεῦμα καὶ ζωή J 6:63b. πνεῦμα κ. σοφία Ac 6:3; cp. vs. 10 (cp. TestReub 2:6 πνεῦμα λαλίας). πίστις κ. πνεῦμα ἅγιον 6:5 (cp. Just., D. 135, 6). χαρὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγ. 13:52.
    Unless frustrated by humans in their natural condition, the Spirit of God produces a spiritual type of conduct Gal 5:16, 25 and produces the καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος vs. 22 (s. Vögtle under πλεονεξία).
    The Spirit inspires certain people of God B 12:2; B 13:5, above all, in their capacity as proclaimers of a divine revelation (Strabo 9, 3, 5 the πνεῦμα ἐνθουσιαστικόν, that inspired the Pythia; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; 33, 5 of the divine πν. that impels prophets and poets to express themselves; schol. on Pla. 856e of a μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ; Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 4 [=Fgm. 2, 4 p. 136 Holladay] τὸ θεῖον πν., καθʼ ὸ̔ καὶ προφήτης ἀνακεκήρυκται ‘[Moses possessed] the Divine Spirit with the result that he was proclaimed a prophet’; AscIs 1:7 τὸ πν. τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ἐμοί; AssMos Fgm. f εἶδεν πνεύματι ἐπαρθείς; Just., A I, 38, 1 al.; Ath. 10, 3 τὸ προφητικὸν πν. Cp. Marinus, Vi. Procli 23 of Proclus: οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπινοίας … διαλέγεσθαι; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 23). προφητεία came into being only as ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 2 Pt 1:21; cp. Ac 15:29 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 8:1. David Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; cp. Ac 1:16; 4:25. Isaiah Ac 28:25. Moses B 10:2, B 9; the Spirit was also active in giving the tables of the law to Moses 14:2. Christ himself spoke in the OT διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου 1 Cl 22:1. The ἱεραὶ γραφαί are called αἱ διὰ τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἁγίου 45:2.—The Christian prophet Agabus also ἐσήμαινεν διὰ τοῦ πν. Ac 11:28; cp. Ac 21:11. Likew. Ign. IPhld 7:2. In general the Spirit reveals the most profound secrets to those who believe 1 Cor 2:10ab.—1 Cl claims to be written διὰ τοῦ ἁγ. πν. 63:2. On Ac 19:21 s. 3b.
    The Spirit of God, being one, shows the variety and richness of its life in the different kinds of spiritual gifts which are granted to certain Christians 1 Cor 12:4, 7, 11; cp. vs. 13ab.—Vss. 8–10 enumerate the individual gifts of the Spirit, using various prepositions: διὰ τοὺ πν. vs. 8a; κατὰ τὸ πν. vs. 8b; ἐν τῷ πν. vs. 9ab. τὸ πν. μὴ σβέννυτε do not quench the Spirit 1 Th 5:19 refers to the gift of prophecy, acc. to vs. 20.—The use of the pl. πνεύματα is explained in 1 Cor 14:12 by the varied nature of the Spirit’s working; in vs. 32 by the number of persons who possess the prophetic spirit; on the latter s. Rv 22:6 and 19:10.
    One special type of spiritual gift is represented by ecstatic speaking. Of those who ‘speak in tongues’ that no earthly person can understand: πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια expresses secret things in a spiritual way 1 Cor 14:2. Cp. vss. 14–16 and s. νοῦς 1b. τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις the Spirit pleads in our behalf with groans beyond words Ro 8:26b. Of speech that is ecstatic, but expressed in words that can be understood λαλεῖν ἐν πνεύματι D 11:7, 8; cp. vs. 9 (on the subject-matter 1 Cor 12:3; Jos., Ant. 4, 118f; TestJob 43:2 ἀναλαβὼν Ἐλιφᾶς πν. εἶπεν ὕμνον). Of the state of mind of the seer of the Apocalypse: ἐν πνεύματι Rv 17:3; 21:10; γενέσθαι ἐν πν. 1:10; 4:2 (s. γίνομαι 5c, ἐν 4c and EMoering, StKr 92, 1920, 148–54; RJeske, NTS 31, ’85, 452–66); AcPl Ha 6, 27. On the Spirit at Pentecost Ac 2:4 s. KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 111–21. κατασταλέντος τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἐν Μύρτῃ when the Spirit (of prophecy) that was in Myrta ceased speaking AcPl Ha 7, 9.
    The Spirit leads and directs Christian missionaries in their journeys (Aelian, NA 11, 16 the young women are led blindfolded to the cave of the holy serpent; they are guided by a πνεῦμα θεῖον) Ac 16:6, 7 (by dreams, among other methods; cp. vs. 9f and s. Marinus, Vi. Procli 27: Proclus ἔφασκεν προθυμηθῆναι μὲν πολλάκις γράψαι, κωλυθῆναι δὲ ἐναργῶς ἔκ τινων ἐνυπνίων). In Ac 16:6–7 τὸ ἅγιον πν. and τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ are distinguished.
    an activating spirit that is not fr. God, spirit: πν. ἔτερον a different (kind of) spirit 2 Cor 11:4. Cp. 2 Th 2:2; 1J 4:1–3. Because there are persons activated by such spirits, it is necessary to test the var. kinds of spirits (the same problem Artem. 3, 20 περὶ διαφορᾶς μάντεων, οἷς δεῖ προσέχειν καὶ οἷς μή) 1 Cor 12:10; 1J 4:1b. ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτὸν αὐτοῦ πν. Hm 11:3. Also οὐκ οἴδατε ποίου πνεύματός ἐστε Lk 9:55 v.l. distinguishes betw. the spirit shown by Jesus’ disciples, and another kind of spirit.—Even more rarely a spirit divinely given that is not God’s own; so (in a quot. fr. Is 29:10) a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως Ro 11:8.
    an independent transcendent personality, the Spirit, which appears in formulas that became more and more fixed and distinct (cp. Ath. 12, 2; Hippol., Ref. 7, 26, 2.—Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 12 θεόν, υἱόν πατρός, πνεῦμα ἐκ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον ἓν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς τρία, ταῦτα νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδʼ ἡγοῦ θεόν=‘God, son of the father, spirit proceeding from the father, one from three and three from one, consider these as Zeus, think of this one as God’. The entire context bears a Christian impress.—As Aion in gnostic speculation Iren. 1, 2, 5 [Harv. I 21, 2]): βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Mt 28:19 (on the text s. βαπτίζω 2c; on the subject-matter GWalther, Die Entstehung des Taufsymbols aus dem Taufritus: StKr 95, 1924, 256ff); D 7:1, 3. Cp. 2 Cor 13:13; 1 Cl 58:2; IEph 9:1; IMg 13:1b, 2; MPol 14:3; 22:1, 3; Epil Mosq 5. On this s. HUsener, Dreiheit: RhM 58, 1903, 1ff; 161ff; 321ff; esp. 36ff; EvDobschütz, Zwei-u. dreigliedrige Formeln: JBL 50, ’31, 116–47 (also Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 92–100); Norden, Agn. Th. 228ff; JMainz, Die Bed. der Dreizahl im Judentum 1922; Clemen2 125–28; NSöderblom, Vater, Sohn u. Geist 1909; DNielsen, Der dreieinige Gott I 1922; GKrüger, Das Dogma v. der Dreieinigkeit 1905, 46ff; AHarnack, Entstehung u. Entwicklung der Kirchenverfassung 1910, 187ff; JHaussleiter, Trinitarischer Glaube u. Christusbekenntnis in der alten Kirche: BFCT XXV 4, 1920; JLebreton, Histoire du dogme de la Trinité I: Les origines6 1927; RBlümel, Pls u. d. dreieinige Gott 1929.—On the whole word FRüsche, D. Seelenpneuma ’33; HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 486–95; PVolz, Der Geist Gottes u. d. verwandten Erscheinungen im AT 1910; JHehn, Zum Problem des Geistes im alten Orient u. im AT: ZAW n.s. 2, 1925, 210–25; SLinder, Studier till Gamla Testamentets föreställningar om anden 1926; AMarmorstein, Der Hl. Geist in der rabb. Legende: ARW 28, 1930, 286–303; NSnaith, The Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 229–37; FDillistone, Bibl. Doctrine of the Holy Spirit: Theology Today 3, ’46/47, 486–97; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 341–46; ESchweizer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 482–508; DLys, Rûach, Le Souffle dans l’AT, ’62; DHill, Gk. Words and Hebr. Mngs. ’67, 202–93.—HGunkel, Die Wirkungen des Hl. Geistes2 1899; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen des Geistes u. der Geister im nachap. Zeitalter 1899; EWinstanley, The Spirit in the NT 1908; HSwete, The Holy Spirit in the NT 1909, The Holy Spirit in the Ancient Church 1912; EScott, The Spirit in the NT 1923; FBüchsel, Der Geist Gottes im NT 1926; EvDobschütz, Der Geistbesitz des Christen im Urchristentum: Monatsschr. für Pastoral-theol. 20, 1924, 228ff; FBadcock, ‘The Spirit’ and Spirit in the NT: ET 45, ’34, 218–21; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 151–62 (Eng. tr. KGrobel, ’51, I 153–64); ESchweizer, Geist u. Gemeinde im NT ’52, Int 6, ’52, 259–78.—WTosetti, Der Hl. Geist als göttliche Pers. in den Evangelien 1918; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion. Der Ursprung des Geistbegriffs der Syn. Ev. aus der griech. Mystik 1922; AFrövig, Das Sendungsbewusstsein Jesu u. der Geist 1924; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist nach Syn. Überl.: Studies in Early Christianity, presented to FCPorter and BWBacon 1928, 209–36; FSynge, The Holy Spirit in the Gospels and Acts: CQR 120, ’35, 205–17; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit and the Gospel Trad. ’47.—ESokolowski, Die Begriffe Geist u. Leben bei Pls 1903; KDeissner, Auferstehungshoffnung u. Pneumagedanke bei Pls 1912; GVos, The Eschatological Aspect of the Pauline Conception of the Spirit: Bibl. and Theol. Studies by the Faculty of Princeton Theol. Sem. 1912, 209–59; HBertrams, Das Wesen des Geistes nach d. Anschauung des Ap. Pls 1913; WReinhard, Das Wirken des Hl. Geistes im Menschen nach den Briefen des Ap. Pls 1918; HHoyle, The Holy Spirit in St. Paul 1928; PGächter, Z. Pneumabegriff des hl. Pls: ZKT 53, 1929, 345–408; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls 1930, 159–74 al. [Mysticism of Paul the Apostle, tr. WMontgomery ’31, 160–76 al.]; E-BAllo, RB 43, ’34, 321–46 [1 Cor]; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 8:11; Synge [s. above], CQR 119, ’35, 79–93 [Pauline epp.]; NWaaning, Onderzoek naar het gebruik van πνεῦμα bij Pls, diss. Amsterd. ’39; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 167–200.—HvBaer, Der Hl. Geist in den Lukasschriften 1926; MGoguel, La Notion joh. de l’Esprit 1902; JSimpson, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: Exp., 9th ser., 4, 1925, 292–99; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist im J.: Amicitiae Corolla (RHarris Festschr.) ’33, 303–18; WLofthouse, The Holy Spirit in Ac and J: ET 52, ’40/41, 334–36; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: JTS 1 n.s., ’50, 1–15; FCrump, Pneuma in the Gospels, diss. Catholic Univ. of America, ’54; GLampe, Studies in the Gospels (RHLightfoot memorial vol.) ’55, 159–200; NHamilton, The Holy Spirit and Eschatology in Paul, ’57; WDavies, Paul and the Dead Sea Scrolls, Flesh and Spirit: The Scrolls and the NT, ed. KStendahl, ’57, 157–82.—GJohnston, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Holy Spirit’ in the Qumran Lit.: NT Sidelights (ACPurdy Festschr.) ’60, 27–42; JPryke, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT, RevQ 5, ’65, 346–60; HBraun, Qumran und d. NT II, ’66, 150–64; DHill, Greek Words and Hebrew Meanings, ’67, 202–93; WBieder, Pneumatolog. Aspekte im Hb, OCullmann Festschr. ’72, 251–59; KEasley, The Pauline Usage of πνεύματι as a Reference to the Spirit of God: JETS 27, ’84, 299–313 (statistics).—B. 260; 1087. Pauly-W. XIV 387–412. BHHW I 534–37. Schmidt, Syn. II 218–50. New Docs 4, 38f. DELG s.v. πνέω. M-M. Dict. de la Bible XI 126–398. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πνεῦμα

  • 106 avivar

    v.
    1 to rekindle (sentimiento).
    2 to arouse, to light up, to enkindle, to kindle.
    Las rosas avivaron la pasión The roses aroused the passion.
    3 to stir up, to excite, to animate, to awaken.
    La música aviva la fiesta Music stirs up the party.
    4 to stoke.
    El combustible aviva las calderas The fuel stokes the boilers.
    * * *
    1 (fuego) to stoke (up)
    2 (anhelos, deseos) to enliven
    3 (pasiones, dolor) to intensify
    4 (paso) to quicken
    5 (colores, luz) to brighten up
    1 to become brighter, become livelier
    1 to become brighter, become livelier
    * * *
    verb
    1) to enliven, brighten
    2) arouse, excite
    * * *
    1.
    VT [+ fuego] to stoke, stoke up; [+ color] to brighten; [+ dolor] to intensify; [+ pasión] to excite, arouse; [+ disputa] to add fuel to; [+ interés] to stimulate; [+ esfuerzo] to revive; [+ efecto] to enhance, heighten; [+ combatientes] to urge on
    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo < fuego> to get... going; < color> to make... brighter; <pasión/deseo> to arouse; < dolor> to intensify
    2.
    avivarse v pron
    a) fuego to revive, flare up; debate to come alive, liven up
    b) (AmL fam) ( despabilarse) to wise up (colloq)
    * * *
    = fuel, be fired with, enliven, quicken, sparkle, stoke, jazz up, move it up + a gear, notch it up + a gear, take it up + a gear, take it up + a notch, crank it up + a notch, crank it up + a gear, move it up + a notch.
    Ex. This is in line with recent trends in the historical sciences generally fuelled by the feeling that in the past historians did not pay enough attention to what is, after all, the majority of humanity.
    Ex. Librarians and bibliographers are as deeply fired with the idealistic fervour which is alleged to have imbued the medieval knights.
    Ex. Children in this state are in a crisis of confidence from which they must be relieved before their set about books can be refreshed and enlivened.
    Ex. For, methinks, the present condition of man is like a field, where battle hath been lately fought, where we may see many legs, and arms, and eyes lying here and there, which, for want of a union, and a soul to quicken and enliven them, are good for nothing, but to feed ravens, and infect the air.
    Ex. His talks sparkle with Southern humor and a distinct voice known to mention rednecks, the evil of institutions, and racial reconciliation.
    Ex. The media have regularly stoked public feelings of shame by affirming that English football fans are synonymous with hooliganism, overlooking the fact that not all fans are 'hooligans'.
    Ex. After jazzing up her appearance with a new blonde hairdo, she turns up in his office and talks him into taking her out for a meal.
    Ex. Liverpool and Chelsea are grabbing all the headlines, but Arsenal have quietly moved it up a gear scoring 10 goals in their last three league games.
    Ex. Start gently, ease yourself in by breaking the workout down into three one minute sessions until you are ready to notch it up a gear and join them together.
    Ex. There was not much to separate the sides in the first ten minutes however Arsenal took it up a gear and got the goal but not without a bit of luck.
    Ex. We have a good time together and we're good friends.. but I'd like to take it up a notch.
    Ex. David quickly comprehended our project needs and then cranked it up a notch with impactful design.
    Ex. Went for a bike ride with a mate last week, no problems so will crank it up a gear and tackle some hills in the next few weeks.
    Ex. After a regular walking routine is established, why not move it up a notch and start jogging, if you haven't already.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo < fuego> to get... going; < color> to make... brighter; <pasión/deseo> to arouse; < dolor> to intensify
    2.
    avivarse v pron
    a) fuego to revive, flare up; debate to come alive, liven up
    b) (AmL fam) ( despabilarse) to wise up (colloq)
    * * *
    = fuel, be fired with, enliven, quicken, sparkle, stoke, jazz up, move it up + a gear, notch it up + a gear, take it up + a gear, take it up + a notch, crank it up + a notch, crank it up + a gear, move it up + a notch.

    Ex: This is in line with recent trends in the historical sciences generally fuelled by the feeling that in the past historians did not pay enough attention to what is, after all, the majority of humanity.

    Ex: Librarians and bibliographers are as deeply fired with the idealistic fervour which is alleged to have imbued the medieval knights.
    Ex: Children in this state are in a crisis of confidence from which they must be relieved before their set about books can be refreshed and enlivened.
    Ex: For, methinks, the present condition of man is like a field, where battle hath been lately fought, where we may see many legs, and arms, and eyes lying here and there, which, for want of a union, and a soul to quicken and enliven them, are good for nothing, but to feed ravens, and infect the air.
    Ex: His talks sparkle with Southern humor and a distinct voice known to mention rednecks, the evil of institutions, and racial reconciliation.
    Ex: The media have regularly stoked public feelings of shame by affirming that English football fans are synonymous with hooliganism, overlooking the fact that not all fans are 'hooligans'.
    Ex: After jazzing up her appearance with a new blonde hairdo, she turns up in his office and talks him into taking her out for a meal.
    Ex: Liverpool and Chelsea are grabbing all the headlines, but Arsenal have quietly moved it up a gear scoring 10 goals in their last three league games.
    Ex: Start gently, ease yourself in by breaking the workout down into three one minute sessions until you are ready to notch it up a gear and join them together.
    Ex: There was not much to separate the sides in the first ten minutes however Arsenal took it up a gear and got the goal but not without a bit of luck.
    Ex: We have a good time together and we're good friends.. but I'd like to take it up a notch.
    Ex: David quickly comprehended our project needs and then cranked it up a notch with impactful design.
    Ex: Went for a bike ride with a mate last week, no problems so will crank it up a gear and tackle some hills in the next few weeks.
    Ex: After a regular walking routine is established, why not move it up a notch and start jogging, if you haven't already.

    * * *
    avivar [A1 ]
    vt
    1 ‹fuego› to get … going
    2 ‹color› to make … brighter
    3 ‹sentimiento/pasión/deseo› to arouse; ‹dolor› to make … worse, intensify
    1 «fuego» to revive, flare up; «debate» to come alive, liven up
    2 ( AmL fam) (despabilarse) to wise up ( colloq), to buck one's ideas up ( colloq), to get one's act together ( colloq)
    * * *

    avivar ( conjugate avivar) verbo transitivo fuegoto get … going;
    colorto make … brighter;
    pasión/deseo to arouse;
    dolor to intensify
    avivarse verbo pronominal

    [ debate] to come alive, liven up
    b) (AmL fam) ( despabilarse) to wise up (colloq)

    avivar verbo transitivo
    1 (fuego) to stoke (up)
    2 (intensificar) to intensify
    3 (ir más deprisa) to quicken
    ' avivar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    encender
    - espabilar
    - inflamar
    English:
    fan
    - stoke
    - whip up
    - feed
    - fire
    - fuel
    * * *
    vt
    1. [fuego] to stoke up
    2. [color] to brighten
    3. [sentimiento] to intensify;
    el asesinato avivó los odios entre las dos comunidades the murder served to fuel the hatred between the two communities
    4. [polémica] to stir up;
    [debate] to liven up
    5. [acelerar]
    avivar el paso o [m5] ritmo to quicken one's pace, to go faster
    6. RP Fam
    avivar a alguien [despabilar] to wise sb up;
    [informar] to fill sb in
    * * *
    v/t
    1 fuego revive
    2 interés arouse
    3
    :
    avivar el paso speed up
    * * *
    avivar vt
    1) : to enliven, to brighten
    2) : to strengthen, to intensify

    Spanish-English dictionary > avivar

  • 107 עבר

    עָבַר(b. h.) 1) to be thick, swell; to run over. Par. VI, 4 כדי שיַעַבְרוּ המיםוכ׳ that the water may overflow into a vessel; a. e.Ex. R. s. 15 שאני עוֹבֵר, v. עֶבְרָה. 2) (cmp. סְגֵי I a. II) to pass, to cross. Tosef.Sot.VIII, 1; Sot.33b כיצד עָבְרוּ ישראל אתוכ׳ in what manner did the Israelites cross the Jordan? Cant. R. to V, 13 עוֹבֵר הוא וחוזרוכ׳ he goes over his studies once and again ; a. fr.ע׳ את הדין to cross the line of justice, to be too severe. Midd. II, 2 כאילו עברו עליווכ׳ as if they had treated him too severely (arbitrarily). Ex. R. s. 30 כשם שאני יכול לַעֲבוֹר … ואני איני מַעֲבִירוכ׳ as I (the Lord) have power to treat the nations with rigor, but refrain from doing so, so shall you not go beyond the line of justice. Ib. עִיבְּרָה את הדין (Pi.); a. e. 3) (with על) to pass over (a sin); to forgive. Cant. R. to V, 5 (play on מור עובר, ib.) מר עובר ע׳ על מררי the bitterness passes away, he (the Lord) passes over my bitterness (sin). R. Hash. 17a (ref. To Mic. 7:18) למי נושא עון למי שעובר על פשע whose iniquity does he pardon? the iniquity of him who forgives (his neighbors) transgression; a. e. 4) to transgress, sin. Yoma 86b, a. e. כיון שע׳ אדם עבירה ושנהוכ׳ as soon as a man has committed a sin and repeated it, it becomes to him a permitted act. Ib. a, a. e. ע׳ על עשה when one has transgressed a positive law (committed a sin of omission). Ib. ע׳ על כריתותוכ׳ when one has committed sins punishable with extinction or death by a court. Erub.100a, a. fr. עובר על בלוכ׳, v. בַּל. Keth.VII, 6 העוֹבֶרֶת על דתוכ׳ if a wife offends against Mosaic or Jewish customs, v. דַּת; Y. ib. VII, 31c top נשים המְעַבְּרוֹת על הדת (Pi.); a. v. fr. 5) to pass, overtake, precede. Pes.7b כל המצות מברך עליהן עובר לעשייתן in the performance of all religious ceremonies one must say the benediction over them before doing them; מאי משמע דהאי עובר לישנא דאקדומי היא what evidence is there that this ‘ober has the meaning of precedence? Answ. by ref. to ויעבר (2 Sam. 18:23) ‘and he arrived before the Cushite. 6) to pass by, go away, be removed. Pes.III, 1 אלו עוֹבְרִין בפסח the following things must pass away (their use must be suspended) during Passover. Bets.26a, a. fr. מום עובר a transitory blemish, opp. קבוע. Ber.26a ע׳ יומו בטל קרבנו when its day is passed, the sacrifice of the day is void. Pes.II, 2 חמץ … שע׳ עליו הפסח leavened matter … over which Passover has passed (which had been in the house during Passover). Ber.IX, 3 הצועק לַשֶּׁעָבַרוכ׳ praying for what is passed (decided) is a vain prayer, e. g. if ones wife is with child, and one prays, may it be the will of God that my wife bear a male child; Y.Taan.II, 65c bot. נותן הודייה לשעבר וצועקוכ׳ one gives thanks for what is passed, and prays for what is to come. Gitt.VII, 7 כל זמן שאֱעֶבוֹר מכנגד פניךוכ׳ as soon as I shall have been out of thy sight for thirty days; Tosef. ib. VII (V), 10. Keth.17a ע׳ מלפני כלה he passed aside to make room for a bridal procession. Yoma 66a, a. e. חטאת שעָבְרָה שנתה a sin-offering whose year is passed (that is older than one year); Tem.22a שעִיבְּרָה שנתה (Pi.) whose year is completed (v. infra). Ib. 21b בכור שעברה שנתו a first-born animal older than one year; R. Hash. 5b; Zeb.29a bot. שעיברה; Tosef.Snh.III, 6 בכור שעיברה זמנו ed. Zuck. (read with Var.: שעבר). Keth.87a על שֶׁעָ׳ as regards the past, v. עָתִיד; a. v. fr.לַשֶּׁעָ׳ in former days. Gen. R. s. 47, opp. עַכְשָׁיו; a. fr. Hif. חֶעֱבִיר 1) to lead past, stroke gently. Tosef.Sabb.VII (VIII), 23 (read:) מַעֲבִירִין על גבי העין בשבת you are permitted to stroke a sore eye on the Sabbath; Y. ib. XIV, 14c bot. מעבירין על העין. Ib. הֶעֱבִירוּ עליו כלים they passed garments over it. 2) to cause to pass; to remove, displace. Keth.17a מַעֲבִירִין את המת מלפני כלהוכ׳ a funeral procession is made to make way for a bridal procession, and both of them for the king, v. supra. Gitt.57b שאין אנו מעבירין אותו באל אחר that we shall never displace him for another god; שאין מַעֲבִיר אותנווכ׳ that he will never displace us for another nation. Ex. R. s. 30 כאילו היא מעביר איקיניןוכ׳ as if he removed (defaced) the kings portrait; a. fr. 3) to go beyond. Ib. איני מעבירוכ׳, v. supra. Ib. הבריות מעבירין על הדיןוכ׳ men go beyond the line of justice (are treacherous, cruel), and they are punished; a. e. 4) to skip over; to forego, postpone.ה׳ על מדותיו, v. מִדָּה.Yoma 33a; 58b, a. fr. אין מעבירין על המצות you must not forego the occasion for performing a religious act. Erub.64b אין מעבירין על האוכלין you must not pass by eatables (and let them lie in the street); B. Mets.23a; a. fr. 5) to forego, overlook, pardon. R. Hash. 17a (ref. to Mic. 7:18) מעביר ראשון ראשין וכך היא המדה (Ms. M. על ראשוןוכ׳; v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note) he pardons one sin after the other (before they are put on the scale), and such is the divine dealing. Ib. מעבירין לו על כל פשעיו all his transgressions are pardoned; a. fr. 6) to cause to forego or disregard. Erub.41b שלשה דברים מעבירין … עלוכ׳ three things make a man disregard his own sense (of right) and the sense of his Maker; a. e. Pi. עִיבֵּר 1) to be completed, full. Tem.22a, a. e., v. supra. 2) to transgress repeatedly. Y.Keth.VII, 31c top, v. supra. 3) to go beyond. Ex. R. l. c. עיברה את הדין, v. supra. Tosef.B. Kam. VI, 22 שעיברה הדליקה עד, read with Y. ib. VII, 5c. שעברה … את. 4) (v. עוּבָּר) to carry, be with young. Kidd.31b כי עִבַּרְתּוֹ אמווכ׳ while his mother was pregnant with him, his father died. Tosef.B. Kam. X, 1 ועִיבְּרָה אצלו (B. Kam.IX, 1 ונִתְעַבְּרָה) and the cow became pregnant while she was in his possession. Ḥull.58a; a. fr.Part. pass. f. מְעוּבֶּרֶת; pl. מְעוּבָּרוֹת pregnant. Yeb.XVI, 1. Ib. 36b, a. e. מע׳ חבירו a woman who is with child of another man (divorced or widowed during pregnancy). Gen. R. s. 85 מלכים אני מע׳ גיאלים אני מע׳ I am pregnant with kings, with redeemers (kings and redeemers are destined to be of my offspring). Yeb.III, 10; a. fr. 4) (v. עִיבּוּר) to extend the city limits, for the purpose of defining Sabbath distances, in cases of buildings projecting beyond the city lines (outskirts). Erub.V, 1 כיצד מְעַבְּרִיןוכ׳ (v. אָבַר), defined ib. 53a; Y. ib. V, beg.22b; Y.Ber.VII, 12c top כאשה עוברה like a pregnant woman; Tosef. ib. VI (V), 1; a. e. 6) to complement, add to, esp. to intercalate a month, (second Adar); proclaim a leap year; to complement a month (v. מָלֵא) by assigning to it an additional day (thirty days). Tosef.Snh.II, 1 שנים אומרים צריכה לְעַבֵּר if two judges say, it is necessary to intercalate a month. Ib. 2 על שלשה סימנים מעבריןוכ׳ on three indications the intercalation is decided; על שנים מעבריןוכ׳ when two of them exist, the intercalation is decreed. Ib. ואם עִיבְּרוּהָ הרי זו מעוברת but if they proclaimed it a leap-year, it remains a leap-year; a. fr.Part. pass. מְעוּבָּר; f. מְעוּבֶּרֶת. R. Hash. 19b אלול מע׳ an Elul of thirty days. Snh.11b אינה מע׳ the year is not a leap-year (the declared intercalation is invalid); a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְעַבֵּר, Nithpa. נִתְעַבֵּר 1) to swell (with anger), to become wroth. Sifré Num. 135 (expl. ויתעבר, Deut. 3:26) כאדם שאומר נ׳ בי פלוני נתמלאוכ׳ as a man says, that man (became full) got wroth with me, meaning, he was filled with wrath against me; Yalk. Deut. 818; Sifré Deut. 29 כאשה שאינה יכולה לשוח מפני עוברה ( swelled,) like a woman that cannot bend down on account of the child she is pregnant with; v. עֶבְרָה. 2) to become pregnant. Gen. R. s. 45 מביאה … נִתְעַבְּרָה she conceived on her first intercourse; אין אשה מִתְעַבֶּרֶתוכ׳ no woman conceives on ; Yeb.34a. Ib. b כדי שלא תִתְעַבֵּרוכ׳ that she may not become with child, and her beauty, v. כָּחַש. B. Kam.IX, 1 ונתעברה אצלו, v. supra; a. fr. 3) to be extended, to be consolidated into one township. Y.Erub.V, 22b bot. יכול אני … בית מעון מתעברתוכ׳ I can cause Beth Ma‘on and Tiberias to be considered one township (as regards Sabbath distances). 4) to be added to, to be proclaimed a full month (of thirty days), a leap-year (of thirteen months). Y.R. Hash. III, beg. 58c ניסן לא נ׳ מימיו Nisan was never made a full month (by decree of the court); Y.Shebi.X, beg.39b; a. e.Snh.12a ראויה … שתִּתְעַבֵּר that year ought to have been a leap-year. B. Mets. נִתְעַבְּרָה השנה נתע׳ לשוכר if the year was made a leap-year, the tenant (that rented by the year) reaps the benefit of the intercalation. R. Hash. 19b; a. fr. Nif. נֶעֱבַר (with עֲבֵרָה) to be committed. Tosef.B. Kam. X, 3 בהמה ונֶעֶבְרָה בה עבירה if one stole a beast, and some sinful act was committed on it (by which it became forbidden for any benefit); (B. Kam.IX, 2, a. fr. נעבדה … עבירה).

    Jewish literature > עבר

  • 108 עָבַר

    עָבַר(b. h.) 1) to be thick, swell; to run over. Par. VI, 4 כדי שיַעַבְרוּ המיםוכ׳ that the water may overflow into a vessel; a. e.Ex. R. s. 15 שאני עוֹבֵר, v. עֶבְרָה. 2) (cmp. סְגֵי I a. II) to pass, to cross. Tosef.Sot.VIII, 1; Sot.33b כיצד עָבְרוּ ישראל אתוכ׳ in what manner did the Israelites cross the Jordan? Cant. R. to V, 13 עוֹבֵר הוא וחוזרוכ׳ he goes over his studies once and again ; a. fr.ע׳ את הדין to cross the line of justice, to be too severe. Midd. II, 2 כאילו עברו עליווכ׳ as if they had treated him too severely (arbitrarily). Ex. R. s. 30 כשם שאני יכול לַעֲבוֹר … ואני איני מַעֲבִירוכ׳ as I (the Lord) have power to treat the nations with rigor, but refrain from doing so, so shall you not go beyond the line of justice. Ib. עִיבְּרָה את הדין (Pi.); a. e. 3) (with על) to pass over (a sin); to forgive. Cant. R. to V, 5 (play on מור עובר, ib.) מר עובר ע׳ על מררי the bitterness passes away, he (the Lord) passes over my bitterness (sin). R. Hash. 17a (ref. To Mic. 7:18) למי נושא עון למי שעובר על פשע whose iniquity does he pardon? the iniquity of him who forgives (his neighbors) transgression; a. e. 4) to transgress, sin. Yoma 86b, a. e. כיון שע׳ אדם עבירה ושנהוכ׳ as soon as a man has committed a sin and repeated it, it becomes to him a permitted act. Ib. a, a. e. ע׳ על עשה when one has transgressed a positive law (committed a sin of omission). Ib. ע׳ על כריתותוכ׳ when one has committed sins punishable with extinction or death by a court. Erub.100a, a. fr. עובר על בלוכ׳, v. בַּל. Keth.VII, 6 העוֹבֶרֶת על דתוכ׳ if a wife offends against Mosaic or Jewish customs, v. דַּת; Y. ib. VII, 31c top נשים המְעַבְּרוֹת על הדת (Pi.); a. v. fr. 5) to pass, overtake, precede. Pes.7b כל המצות מברך עליהן עובר לעשייתן in the performance of all religious ceremonies one must say the benediction over them before doing them; מאי משמע דהאי עובר לישנא דאקדומי היא what evidence is there that this ‘ober has the meaning of precedence? Answ. by ref. to ויעבר (2 Sam. 18:23) ‘and he arrived before the Cushite. 6) to pass by, go away, be removed. Pes.III, 1 אלו עוֹבְרִין בפסח the following things must pass away (their use must be suspended) during Passover. Bets.26a, a. fr. מום עובר a transitory blemish, opp. קבוע. Ber.26a ע׳ יומו בטל קרבנו when its day is passed, the sacrifice of the day is void. Pes.II, 2 חמץ … שע׳ עליו הפסח leavened matter … over which Passover has passed (which had been in the house during Passover). Ber.IX, 3 הצועק לַשֶּׁעָבַרוכ׳ praying for what is passed (decided) is a vain prayer, e. g. if ones wife is with child, and one prays, may it be the will of God that my wife bear a male child; Y.Taan.II, 65c bot. נותן הודייה לשעבר וצועקוכ׳ one gives thanks for what is passed, and prays for what is to come. Gitt.VII, 7 כל זמן שאֱעֶבוֹר מכנגד פניךוכ׳ as soon as I shall have been out of thy sight for thirty days; Tosef. ib. VII (V), 10. Keth.17a ע׳ מלפני כלה he passed aside to make room for a bridal procession. Yoma 66a, a. e. חטאת שעָבְרָה שנתה a sin-offering whose year is passed (that is older than one year); Tem.22a שעִיבְּרָה שנתה (Pi.) whose year is completed (v. infra). Ib. 21b בכור שעברה שנתו a first-born animal older than one year; R. Hash. 5b; Zeb.29a bot. שעיברה; Tosef.Snh.III, 6 בכור שעיברה זמנו ed. Zuck. (read with Var.: שעבר). Keth.87a על שֶׁעָ׳ as regards the past, v. עָתִיד; a. v. fr.לַשֶּׁעָ׳ in former days. Gen. R. s. 47, opp. עַכְשָׁיו; a. fr. Hif. חֶעֱבִיר 1) to lead past, stroke gently. Tosef.Sabb.VII (VIII), 23 (read:) מַעֲבִירִין על גבי העין בשבת you are permitted to stroke a sore eye on the Sabbath; Y. ib. XIV, 14c bot. מעבירין על העין. Ib. הֶעֱבִירוּ עליו כלים they passed garments over it. 2) to cause to pass; to remove, displace. Keth.17a מַעֲבִירִין את המת מלפני כלהוכ׳ a funeral procession is made to make way for a bridal procession, and both of them for the king, v. supra. Gitt.57b שאין אנו מעבירין אותו באל אחר that we shall never displace him for another god; שאין מַעֲבִיר אותנווכ׳ that he will never displace us for another nation. Ex. R. s. 30 כאילו היא מעביר איקיניןוכ׳ as if he removed (defaced) the kings portrait; a. fr. 3) to go beyond. Ib. איני מעבירוכ׳, v. supra. Ib. הבריות מעבירין על הדיןוכ׳ men go beyond the line of justice (are treacherous, cruel), and they are punished; a. e. 4) to skip over; to forego, postpone.ה׳ על מדותיו, v. מִדָּה.Yoma 33a; 58b, a. fr. אין מעבירין על המצות you must not forego the occasion for performing a religious act. Erub.64b אין מעבירין על האוכלין you must not pass by eatables (and let them lie in the street); B. Mets.23a; a. fr. 5) to forego, overlook, pardon. R. Hash. 17a (ref. to Mic. 7:18) מעביר ראשון ראשין וכך היא המדה (Ms. M. על ראשוןוכ׳; v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note) he pardons one sin after the other (before they are put on the scale), and such is the divine dealing. Ib. מעבירין לו על כל פשעיו all his transgressions are pardoned; a. fr. 6) to cause to forego or disregard. Erub.41b שלשה דברים מעבירין … עלוכ׳ three things make a man disregard his own sense (of right) and the sense of his Maker; a. e. Pi. עִיבֵּר 1) to be completed, full. Tem.22a, a. e., v. supra. 2) to transgress repeatedly. Y.Keth.VII, 31c top, v. supra. 3) to go beyond. Ex. R. l. c. עיברה את הדין, v. supra. Tosef.B. Kam. VI, 22 שעיברה הדליקה עד, read with Y. ib. VII, 5c. שעברה … את. 4) (v. עוּבָּר) to carry, be with young. Kidd.31b כי עִבַּרְתּוֹ אמווכ׳ while his mother was pregnant with him, his father died. Tosef.B. Kam. X, 1 ועִיבְּרָה אצלו (B. Kam.IX, 1 ונִתְעַבְּרָה) and the cow became pregnant while she was in his possession. Ḥull.58a; a. fr.Part. pass. f. מְעוּבֶּרֶת; pl. מְעוּבָּרוֹת pregnant. Yeb.XVI, 1. Ib. 36b, a. e. מע׳ חבירו a woman who is with child of another man (divorced or widowed during pregnancy). Gen. R. s. 85 מלכים אני מע׳ גיאלים אני מע׳ I am pregnant with kings, with redeemers (kings and redeemers are destined to be of my offspring). Yeb.III, 10; a. fr. 4) (v. עִיבּוּר) to extend the city limits, for the purpose of defining Sabbath distances, in cases of buildings projecting beyond the city lines (outskirts). Erub.V, 1 כיצד מְעַבְּרִיןוכ׳ (v. אָבַר), defined ib. 53a; Y. ib. V, beg.22b; Y.Ber.VII, 12c top כאשה עוברה like a pregnant woman; Tosef. ib. VI (V), 1; a. e. 6) to complement, add to, esp. to intercalate a month, (second Adar); proclaim a leap year; to complement a month (v. מָלֵא) by assigning to it an additional day (thirty days). Tosef.Snh.II, 1 שנים אומרים צריכה לְעַבֵּר if two judges say, it is necessary to intercalate a month. Ib. 2 על שלשה סימנים מעבריןוכ׳ on three indications the intercalation is decided; על שנים מעבריןוכ׳ when two of them exist, the intercalation is decreed. Ib. ואם עִיבְּרוּהָ הרי זו מעוברת but if they proclaimed it a leap-year, it remains a leap-year; a. fr.Part. pass. מְעוּבָּר; f. מְעוּבֶּרֶת. R. Hash. 19b אלול מע׳ an Elul of thirty days. Snh.11b אינה מע׳ the year is not a leap-year (the declared intercalation is invalid); a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְעַבֵּר, Nithpa. נִתְעַבֵּר 1) to swell (with anger), to become wroth. Sifré Num. 135 (expl. ויתעבר, Deut. 3:26) כאדם שאומר נ׳ בי פלוני נתמלאוכ׳ as a man says, that man (became full) got wroth with me, meaning, he was filled with wrath against me; Yalk. Deut. 818; Sifré Deut. 29 כאשה שאינה יכולה לשוח מפני עוברה ( swelled,) like a woman that cannot bend down on account of the child she is pregnant with; v. עֶבְרָה. 2) to become pregnant. Gen. R. s. 45 מביאה … נִתְעַבְּרָה she conceived on her first intercourse; אין אשה מִתְעַבֶּרֶתוכ׳ no woman conceives on ; Yeb.34a. Ib. b כדי שלא תִתְעַבֵּרוכ׳ that she may not become with child, and her beauty, v. כָּחַש. B. Kam.IX, 1 ונתעברה אצלו, v. supra; a. fr. 3) to be extended, to be consolidated into one township. Y.Erub.V, 22b bot. יכול אני … בית מעון מתעברתוכ׳ I can cause Beth Ma‘on and Tiberias to be considered one township (as regards Sabbath distances). 4) to be added to, to be proclaimed a full month (of thirty days), a leap-year (of thirteen months). Y.R. Hash. III, beg. 58c ניסן לא נ׳ מימיו Nisan was never made a full month (by decree of the court); Y.Shebi.X, beg.39b; a. e.Snh.12a ראויה … שתִּתְעַבֵּר that year ought to have been a leap-year. B. Mets. נִתְעַבְּרָה השנה נתע׳ לשוכר if the year was made a leap-year, the tenant (that rented by the year) reaps the benefit of the intercalation. R. Hash. 19b; a. fr. Nif. נֶעֱבַר (with עֲבֵרָה) to be committed. Tosef.B. Kam. X, 3 בהמה ונֶעֶבְרָה בה עבירה if one stole a beast, and some sinful act was committed on it (by which it became forbidden for any benefit); (B. Kam.IX, 2, a. fr. נעבדה … עבירה).

    Jewish literature > עָבַר

  • 109 regne

    count, rain, rank
    * * *
    I. vb
    ( om regn) rain;
    [ det regner voldsomt] it is raining hard, it is pouring;
    [ det har regnet af] it has stopped raining;
    [ malingen er regnet af] the paint has come off in the rain;
    [ det regnede med indbydelser] there were streams of invitations;
    [ buketterne (, slagene) regnede ned over ham] bouquets (, blows) rained on him.
    II. vb
    ( en opgave) work out, solve ( fx a problem en opgave),
    T do ( fx a sum et stykke);
    ( vurdere) estimate ( til at, fx estimate the cost at £500);
    ( tage hensyn til) take into account, consider;
    ( bryde sig om) care ( fx I don't care what he says);
    ( uden objekt) reckon ( fx the boy can't reckon yet),
    T do sums;
    [ lære at læse, skrive og regne] learn to read, write, and reckon; learn the three R's,
    (dvs reading, (w)riting, and (a)rithmetic);
    [ med præp & adv:]
    [ regne blandt] count (el. number) among, include among ( fx we include him among our friends);
    ( bedømme ud fra) judge by;
    ( gøre overslag) make a calculation,
    ( kontrollere) check (up);
    [ regne fejl] miscalculate, make a mistake (in reckoning);
    [ regne for] consider (to be) ( fx I consider him (to be) a fool; I consider it my duty to help him), regard as, count as,
    ( fejlagtigt) take for ( fx I took him for a fool; what do you take me for? he is not the man I took him for);
    [ det er for intet at regne imod] it is nothing (compared) to;
    [ de er aldrig blevet regnet for noget] they have never counted for much,
    F they have never been held in any esteem;
    [ ikke regne det for noget at] think nothing of -ing;
    [ regne ` fra]
    (= fradrage) subtract,
    F deduct;
    [ fra i dag at regne] counting from today, as from to day;
    [ regne godt] be good at figures;
    [ højt regnet] at (the) most, at the outside;
    [ regne i hovedet] do a sum in one's head;
    F make a mental calculation;
    ( regne hovedregning) do mental arithmetic;
    [ regne det i hovedet] do it in one's head;
    [ lavt regnet] at least,
    F at a low estimate;
    ( tage med i beregningen) allow for ( fx a delay, a fall in prices), provide for ( fx extra expenses);
    ( tillægge betydning) reckon with ( fx he is a man to be reckoned with);
    ( stole på) depend on ( fx him to do it),
    T count on ( fx him; his help; you can't always count on his
    promises), reckon on;
    ( forvente) expect ( fx we expect that he will come (, him to come)),
    T reckon on ( fx meeting him),
    ( gå ud fra) take for granted ( fx I take it for granted that you
    will be there),
    T count on,
    F calculate on;
    [ regne ` med]
    ( medregne) include (in one's reckoning), count (in),
    T reckon in;
    [ regne pund om til kroner] convert pounds into kroner;
    [ rundt regnet] about, around, roughly, in round figures,
    T round about,
    F approximately;
    ( gennemsnitlig) on an average;
    [ regne sammen] add up, sum up,
    T reckon up;
    [ han regnes til de mindre digtere] he is numbered among (el. classed with
    el. counted among) the minor poets;
    [ det blev regnet ham til last] it was laid to his charge;
    [ regne sig det til fortjeneste] take the credit for it (to oneself);
    ( beregne) work out ( fx the cost, one's income),
    F calculate, compute,
    (især am T) figure out;
    ( finde ud af) make out ( fx as far as I can make out; I can't make
    out how it happened),
    (især am T) figure out;
    ( ved grundig eftertanke) puzzle out ( fx a solution, a code, how to do it), think out ( fx a solution, the best method);
    [ forstå at regne den ud] know a trick or two.

    Danish-English dictionary > regne

  • 110 formar

    v.
    1 to form.
    Sus manos formaron bolitas Her hands formed little balls.
    formar una bola con algo to make something into a ball
    formar un equipo to make up a team
    formar una asociación cultural to set up a cultural organization
    formar parte de to form o be part of
    forma parte del equipo she's a member of the team
    2 to train, to educate.
    Los maestros forman a los alumnos The teachers educated the students.
    3 to form up (military).
    4 to fall in (military).
    ¡a formar! fall in!
    5 to instruct, to shape.
    El entrenador formó a los jugadores The coach instructed the players.
    * * *
    1 (gen) to form
    2 (integrar, constituir) to form, constitute
    3 (educar) to bring up
    4 (enseñar) to educate
    1 MILITAR (colocarse) to form up
    1 (desarrollarse) to grow, develop
    2 (educarse) to be educated, be trained
    \
    ¡a formar! MILITAR fall in!
    * * *
    verb
    2) educate, train
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) [+ figura] to form, make
    2) (=crear) [+ organización, partido, alianza] to form

    ¿cómo se forma el subjuntivo? — how do you form the subjunctive?

    3) (=constituir) to make up

    los chiitas forman el 60% de la población — the Shiites make up o form 60% of the population

    estar formado por — to be made up of

    formar parte de — to be part of

    el edificio forma parte del recinto de la catedralthe building is o forms part of the cathedral precinct

    4) (=enseñar) [+ personal, monitor, técnico] to train; [+ alumno] to educate
    5) [+ juicio, opinión] to form
    6) (Mil) to order to fall in

    el sargento formó a los reclutas — the sergeant had the recruits fall in, the sergeant ordered the recruits to fall in

    2. VI
    1) (Mil) to fall in

    ¡a formar! — fall in!

    2) (Dep) to line up

    los equipos formaron así:... — the teams lined up as follows:...

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) personas <círculo/figura> to make, form; <asociación/gobierno> to form, set up; barricada to set up

    formen parejas — ( en clase) get into pairs o twos; ( en baile) take your partners

    b) (Ling) to form
    c) (Mil) < tropas> to have... fall in
    2) ( componer) to make up

    formar parte de algo — to be part of something, to belong to something

    está formada por tres provinciasit is made up of o it comprises three provinces

    forman un ángulo rectothey form o make a right angle

    3) <carácter/espíritu> to form, shape
    4) ( educar) to bring up; ( para trabajo) to train
    2.
    formar vi (Mil) to fall in
    3.
    formarse v pron
    1)
    a) (hacerse, crearse) to form

    se formó una colaa line (AmE) o (BrE) queue formed

    b) ( desarrollarse) niño/huesos to develop
    c) <idea/opinión> to form
    2) ( educarse) to be educated
    * * *
    = fall into, form, make up, train, coach, make, populate, pull together, groom.
    Ex. Certain words may fall into a short list of 35 common words such as analysis, which do not give rise to inversion within the cross-reference.
    Ex. Formed in 1969, the first operational system was implemented in 1972-3.
    Ex. Each volume is make up of several issues which appear in the next lower level.
    Ex. The larger abstracting organisations train their own abstractors.
    Ex. The rapidly changing environment is forcing many librarians to seek new strategies for coaching researchers through the maze of electronic information sources = Los continuos cambios de nuestro entorno están obligando a muchos bibliotecarios a encontrar nuevas estrategias para guiar a los investigadores por el laberinto de las fuentes de información electrónicas.
    Ex. This concept comes mainly from the military, where a designated number of troops make a squad, a platoon, a regiment, etc..
    Ex. One way librarians can add value is by carefully selecting, evaluating, and describing the resources that populate their Internet collections.
    Ex. This library decided to launch an attack on illiteracy by pulling together a variety of approaches to learning to read.
    Ex. Iran is trying to form an unholy alliance with al-Qaeda by grooming a new generation of leaders to take over from Osama bin Laden.
    ----
    * a medio formar = half-formed.
    * entrar a formar parte de = enter in.
    * formado por británicos = British-trained.
    * formar el núcleo = form + the nucleus.
    * formar en su conjunto = weave + to form.
    * formar fila = line up.
    * formar la base = form + the foundation.
    * formar la base de = form + the basis of.
    * formar parejas = pair up, pair off.
    * formar parte = form + part.
    * formar parte de = be part of, build into, enter into, become + (a) part of, be a part of, inhere in, become + one with, inform, fall under.
    * formar parte del paisaje = blend into + the landscape.
    * formar parte de un comité = serve on + committee.
    * formar parte integral = form + an integral part.
    * formar parte integral de = be part and parcel of, be an integral part of.
    * formar parte natural de su entorno = blend into + the landscape.
    * formar personal = produce + personnel.
    * formar remolinos = swirl.
    * formarse = shape up.
    * formarse una opinión = form + impression.
    * formar una cola = form + queue.
    * formar una colección = build + collection.
    * formar un comité = set up + committee.
    * formar un consorcio = form + consortium.
    * formar un grupo = set up + group.
    * formar un grupo de presión = form + lobby.
    * formar un piquete frente a = picket.
    * integrar formando un todo = articulate.
    * llamamiento para formar parte de un jurado = jury duty.
    * piedra + charca + formar + ondas = stone + pond + cast + ripples.
    * que forma parte de la cultura = culturally-embedded.
    * que forma parte en = involved in.
    * seda formando aguas = watered silk.
    * volver a formarse = reform.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) personas <círculo/figura> to make, form; <asociación/gobierno> to form, set up; barricada to set up

    formen parejas — ( en clase) get into pairs o twos; ( en baile) take your partners

    b) (Ling) to form
    c) (Mil) < tropas> to have... fall in
    2) ( componer) to make up

    formar parte de algo — to be part of something, to belong to something

    está formada por tres provinciasit is made up of o it comprises three provinces

    forman un ángulo rectothey form o make a right angle

    3) <carácter/espíritu> to form, shape
    4) ( educar) to bring up; ( para trabajo) to train
    2.
    formar vi (Mil) to fall in
    3.
    formarse v pron
    1)
    a) (hacerse, crearse) to form

    se formó una colaa line (AmE) o (BrE) queue formed

    b) ( desarrollarse) niño/huesos to develop
    c) <idea/opinión> to form
    2) ( educarse) to be educated
    * * *
    = fall into, form, make up, train, coach, make, populate, pull together, groom.

    Ex: Certain words may fall into a short list of 35 common words such as analysis, which do not give rise to inversion within the cross-reference.

    Ex: Formed in 1969, the first operational system was implemented in 1972-3.
    Ex: Each volume is make up of several issues which appear in the next lower level.
    Ex: The larger abstracting organisations train their own abstractors.
    Ex: The rapidly changing environment is forcing many librarians to seek new strategies for coaching researchers through the maze of electronic information sources = Los continuos cambios de nuestro entorno están obligando a muchos bibliotecarios a encontrar nuevas estrategias para guiar a los investigadores por el laberinto de las fuentes de información electrónicas.
    Ex: This concept comes mainly from the military, where a designated number of troops make a squad, a platoon, a regiment, etc..
    Ex: One way librarians can add value is by carefully selecting, evaluating, and describing the resources that populate their Internet collections.
    Ex: This library decided to launch an attack on illiteracy by pulling together a variety of approaches to learning to read.
    Ex: Iran is trying to form an unholy alliance with al-Qaeda by grooming a new generation of leaders to take over from Osama bin Laden.
    * a medio formar = half-formed.
    * entrar a formar parte de = enter in.
    * formado por británicos = British-trained.
    * formar el núcleo = form + the nucleus.
    * formar en su conjunto = weave + to form.
    * formar fila = line up.
    * formar la base = form + the foundation.
    * formar la base de = form + the basis of.
    * formar parejas = pair up, pair off.
    * formar parte = form + part.
    * formar parte de = be part of, build into, enter into, become + (a) part of, be a part of, inhere in, become + one with, inform, fall under.
    * formar parte del paisaje = blend into + the landscape.
    * formar parte de un comité = serve on + committee.
    * formar parte integral = form + an integral part.
    * formar parte integral de = be part and parcel of, be an integral part of.
    * formar parte natural de su entorno = blend into + the landscape.
    * formar personal = produce + personnel.
    * formar remolinos = swirl.
    * formarse = shape up.
    * formarse una opinión = form + impression.
    * formar una cola = form + queue.
    * formar una colección = build + collection.
    * formar un comité = set up + committee.
    * formar un consorcio = form + consortium.
    * formar un grupo = set up + group.
    * formar un grupo de presión = form + lobby.
    * formar un piquete frente a = picket.
    * integrar formando un todo = articulate.
    * llamamiento para formar parte de un jurado = jury duty.
    * piedra + charca + formar + ondas = stone + pond + cast + ripples.
    * que forma parte de la cultura = culturally-embedded.
    * que forma parte en = involved in.
    * seda formando aguas = watered silk.
    * volver a formarse = reform.

    * * *
    formar [A1 ]
    vt
    A
    1 «personas» ‹círculo/figura› to make, form; ‹asociación› to form, set up
    formen fila a la entrada, por favor form a line o ( BrE) queue at the entrance, please
    los estudiantes formaron barricadas the students set up barricades
    formar parejas (en una clase) get into pairs o twos; (en un baile) take your partners
    formar gobierno to form a government
    el partido se formó a principios de siglo the party came into being o was formed at the turn of the century
    se formaron varios comandos terroristas en la zona several terrorist cells were established in the area
    2 ( Ling) to form
    palabras que forman el plural añadiendo una `s' words which form the plural by adding an `s'
    3 ( Mil) ‹tropas› to have … fall in, order … to fall in
    B (componer) to make up
    está formada por tres provincias it is made up of o it comprises three provinces
    al juntarse forman un ángulo recto they form o make a right angle where they meet
    las distintas partes forman un todo indivisible the separate elements make up o form an indivisible whole
    el jurado está formado por nueve personas the jury is made up of nine people
    C ‹carácter/espíritu› to form, shape
    ■ formar
    vi
    to fall in
    batallón: ¡a formar! squad, fall in!
    A
    1 (hacerse, crearse) to form
    se ha formado hielo en las carreteras ice has formed on the roads
    se formó una cola de varios kilómetros a tailback several kilometers long built up
    2 (desarrollarse) «niño/huesos» to develop
    3 (forjarse) to form
    formarse una idea/opinión to form an idea/opinion
    creo que se ha formado una impresión errónea I think he has got the wrong impression
    B (educarse) to be educated
    * * *

     

    formar ( conjugate formar) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ( crear) ‹círculo/figura to make, form;

    asociación/gobierno to form, set up;
    barricada to set up;
    ¡formen parejas! ( en clase) get into pairs o twos!;


    ( en baile) take your partners!
    b) (Ling) to form

    c) (Mil) ‹ tropasto have … fall in

    2 ( componer) to make up;

    formar parte de algo to be part of sth, to belong to sth
    3carácter/espíritu to form, shape
    4 ( educar) to bring up;
    ( para trabajo) to train
    verbo intransitivo (Mil) to fall in
    formarse verbo pronominal
    1
    a) (hacerse, crearse) [grupo/organismo] to form;

    se formó una cola a line (AmE) o (BrE) queue formed

    b) ( desarrollarse) [niño/huesos] to develop

    c)idea/opinión to form

    2 ( educarse) to be educated;
    ( para trabajo) to be trained
    formar verbo transitivo
    1 to form
    2 (criar) to bring up
    (instruir) to educate, train
    ' formar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    adherirse
    - agruparse
    - componer
    - constituir
    - correligionaria
    - correligionario
    - integrar
    - piña
    - sindicar
    - a
    - abultar
    - agrupar
    - capacitar
    - emparejar
    - hogar
    - pareja
    - parte
    - pertenecer
    - sindicalizarse
    English:
    coalition
    - come under
    - do
    - form
    - marshal
    - more
    - most
    - pair up
    - preclude
    - shall
    - shape
    - should
    - split off
    - to
    - train
    - will
    - arch
    - co-opt
    - draw
    - eddy
    - fall
    - make
    - mold
    - muster
    - pair
    - parade
    - picket
    - put
    - ring
    * * *
    vt
    1. [hacer] to form;
    formar una bola con algo to make sth into a ball;
    formar un equipo to make up a team;
    formar gobierno to form a government;
    formó una asociación cultural he set up a cultural organization;
    los manifestantes formaron una cadena the demonstrators formed a human chain;
    formar parte de to form o be part of;
    forma parte del equipo del colegio she's a member of the school team
    2. [educar] to train, to educate
    3. Mil to form up
    vi
    Mil to fall in;
    ¡a formar! fall in!
    * * *
    v/t
    1 form; asociación form, set up
    2 ( educar) educate
    * * *
    formar vt
    1) : to form, to make
    2) constituir: to constitute, to make up
    3) : to train, to educate
    * * *
    formar vb
    1. (crear) to form / to make
    2. (educar hijos) to bring up [pt. & pp. brought]
    3. (educar alumnos) to educate / to train

    Spanish-English dictionary > formar

  • 111 καλέω

    καλέω impf. ἐκάλουν; fut. καλέσω (LXX; JosAs 17:5; 20:6; Jos., Ant. 11, 266.—W-S. §13, 5; B-D-F §74, 1; Mlt-H. 242); 1 aor. ἐκάλεσα; pf. κέκληκα. Mid.: fut. 3 sg. καλέσεται (Just., D. 43, 5). Pass. 1 fut. κληθῆσομαι (W-S. §15); 2 fut. 3 sg. κεκλήσεται Lev 13:45; Hos 12:1; 1 aor. ἐκλήθην; pf. κέκλημαι (Hom.+).
    to identify by name or attribute, call, call by name, name
    call (to someone) abs., with naming implied (opp. ὑπακούειν; cp. PHamb 29, 3 [89 A.D.] κληθέντων τινῶν καὶ μὴ ὑπακουσάντων; Just., D. 136, 2 οὔτε καλοῦντος αὐτοῦ ἀνέχεσθε οὔτε λαλοῦντος ἀκούετε) of God ἐκάλουν καὶ οὐχ ὑπηκούσατε 1 Cl 57:4 (Pr 1:24); w. obj. τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα καλεῖ κατʼ ὄνομα J 10:3 v.l.
    call, address as, designate as w. double acc. (Just., D. 3, 5 θεὸν σὺ τί καλεῖς; Hippol., Ref. 6, 20, 1) αὐτὸν καλῶμεν κύριον 2 Cl 4:1; cp. Mt 22:43, 45; 23:9 (here the sense supplies the second acc.: you are to call no one your father); Lk 20:44; Ac 14:12; Ro 9:25; Hb 2:11; 1 Pt 1:17 P72; 3:6. A voc. can take the place of the second acc. τί με καλεῖτε κύριε, κύριε; Lk 6:46. Pass. καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ῥαββί Mt 23:7. ὑμεῖς μὴ κληθῆτε ῥαββί you are not to have people call you ‘rabbi’ vs. 8; vs. 10. Cp. Lk 22:25; Js 2:23. ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται Mt 21:13; Mk 11:17 (both Is 56:7). κληθήσονται υἱοὶ θεοῦ Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1).
    name, provide with a name w. double acc. (Iren. 1, 1, 1 [Harv. I 8, 3]) ἐκάλουν αὐτὸ … Ζαχαρίαν they were for naming him Z. Lk 1:59 (on ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τ. πατρός after his father[’s name] cp. 1 Esdr 5:38; Sir 36:11 and s. Hs 9, 17, 4).—Pass. be given a name, be named (Jos., Ant. 1, 34) κληθήσεται Ἰωάννης his name is to be John Lk 1:60; cp. vs. 62. σὺ κληθήσῃ Κηφᾶς J 1:42. Also of localities Mt 27:8; Ac 1:19; ApcPt Rainer (s. Ἀχερουσία).—Have as a name, be called (Lucian, Jud. Voc. 7 Λυσίμαχος ἐκαλεῖτο; Just., D. 1, 3 Τρύφων…καλοῦμαι; 63, 5 Χριστιανοὶ … καλούμεθα) ὸ̔ς καλεῖται τ. ὀνόματι τούτῳ who bears this name Lk 1:61. Also of localities (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 70 §289; 3, 91 §374; SIG 599, 5 τὸ φρούριον ὸ̔ καλεῖται Κάριον; Just., A I, 59, 6 τὸ καλούμενον Ἔρεβος) πόλις Δαυὶδ ἥτις καλεῖται Βηθλέεμ Lk 2:4. Cp. Ac 28:1; Rv 11:8.—Lk, Ac, Rv, GPt add to a pers. or thing the name or surname which he, she, or it bears, by means of the pres. pass. ptc. (cp. SIG 685, 39 νῆσον τὴν καλουμένην Λεύκην; 826e 22; 1063, 5; PPetr II, 45 II, 20; BGU 1000, 6; PCairGoodsp 9, 4; O. Wilck II, 1210, 4). The name: ἀδελφὴ καλουμένη Μαριάμ a sister named Mary Lk 10:39 (PCairMasp 23, 16 τ. ἀδελφὴν καλουμένην Πρόκλαν; TestJob 48:1 ἡ καλουμένη Ἡμέρα). Cp. 19:2; Ac 7:58; Rv 19:11, also 12:9. πόλις καλουμένη Ν. Lk 7:11; cp. 9:10; 19:29; 21:37; 23:33; Ac 1:12; 3:11; 8:10; 9:11; 10:1; 27:8, 14, 16; Rv 1:9; 16:16; GPt 6:24. The surname (2 Macc 10:12 Πτολεμαῖος ὁ καλούμενος Μάκρων; 1 Macc 3:1; Jos., Ant. 13, 367; TestJob 1:1 Ιωβ τοῦ καλουμένου Ιωβαβ): Σίμων ὁ κ. ζηλωτής Simon the Zealot Lk 6:15. Cp. 1:36; 8:2; 22:3 (s. ἐπικαλέω 2); Ac 1:23; 13:1; 15:22 (s. ἐπικαλέω), 37.—The example of the OT (Gen 17:19; 1 Km 1:20; Hos 1:9; 1 Macc 6:17) has influenced the expr. καλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος, w. the name added in the acc. καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν Mt 1:21; GJs 11:3; 14:2. Cp. Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14), 25; Lk 1:13, 31. Pass. Lk 2:21; Rv 19:13.
    Very oft. the emphasis is to be placed less on the fact that names are such and such, than on the fact that the bearers of the name actually are what the name says about them. The pass. be named thus approaches closely the mng. to be, and it must be left to the sensitivity of the interpreter whether this transl. is to be attempted in any individual case (Quint. Smyrn. 14, 434 οὔτʼ ἔτι σεῖο κεκλήσομαι=I do not wish any longer to be yours, i.e. your daughter). Among such pass. are these: Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται he is to be a Nazarene Mt 2:23. υἱοὶ θεοῦ κληθήσονται 5:9; cp. vs. 19ab. υἱὸς ὑψίστου κληθήσεται (in parallelism w. ἔσται μέγας) Lk 1:32; so GJs 11:3, but without the ref. to greatness; cp. Lk 1:35, 76; 2:23. οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου 15:19, 21. οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς καλεῖσθαι ἀπόστολος 1 Cor 15:9. ἵνα τέκνα θεοῦ κληθῶμεν, καί ἐσμέν that we should be called children of God; and so we really are 1J 3:1 (sim. Eur., Ion 309 τ. θεοῦ καλοῦμαι δοῦλος εἰμί τε; cp. Just., D. 123, 9; καλεῖσθαι beside εἶναι as Plut., Demetr. 900 [25, 6]). οἱ κεκλημένοι ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου those who are identified by the Lord’s name i.e. as Christians Hs 8, 1, 1. ἄχρις οὗ τὸ σήμερον καλεῖται as long as it is called ‘today’, as long as ‘today’ lasts Hb 3:13 (WLorimer, NTS 12, ’66, 390f, quoting Pla., Phd. 107c).—Here we may also class ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα in (through) Isaac you are to have your descendants Ro 9:7 and Hb 11:18 (Gen 21:12).
    to request the presence of someone at a social gathering, invite (Hom. et al.; pap; 2 Km 13:23; Esth 5:12; ISardRobert 1, ’64, p. 9, lines 1–4) τινά someone εἰς (τοὺς) γάμους to the wedding (Diod S 4, 70, 3; POxy 1487, 1 καλεῖ σε Θέων εἰς τοὺς γάμους) Mt 22:9; Lk 14:8, cp. vs. 10 (Syn. ἐρωτάω; s. three texts, invitations to the κλινή of Sarapis [ZPE 1, ’67, 121–26], two w. ἐ. and one w. καλέω New Docs 1, 5–9; on Luke’s compositional use of the meal context, s. XdeMeeûs, ETL 37, ’61, 847–70; cp. J 2:2; Rv 19:9. Abs. invite τινά someone 1 Cor 10:27 (Diog. L. 7, 184 of Chrysippus: ἐπὶ θυσίαν [sacrificial meal] ὑπὸ τῶν μαθητῶν κληθῆναι); priests to a child’s birthday GJs 6:2. Cp. Lk 7:39; 14:9, 12f, 16. οἱ κεκλημένοι the invited guests (Damox. Com. [IV/III B.C.] Fgm. 2, 26 K. in Athen. 3, 59, 102c τ. κεκλημένον; Jos., Ant. 6, 48; 52); Mt 22:3b (οἱ κεκλημένοι εἰς τ. γάμους as Diphilus Com. [IV/III B.C.] Fgm. 17, 1), 4, 8; Lk 14:7, 17; cp. vs. 24. ὁ κεκληκώς, the host 14:10 (s. above).—If αὐτοῦ Mk 2:15 refers to Jesus’ home, κ. in vs. 17 registers the double sense of an invitation to dinner and receipt of Messianic benefits, w. Jesus as host (s. AMcNeile, Mt ’57, 118); difft. Lk 5:27–32, s. 4 below. Of a follow-up invitation to guests upon completion of banquet preparations Mt 22:3a (cp. 3b below).
    to use authority to have a person or group appear, summon
    call together τινάς people: Workers to be paid Mt 20:8. Slaves to receive orders 25:14; Lk 19:13. Shepherds GJs 4:3. τὰς θυγατέρας τῶν Ἑβραίων for Mary’s diversion 6:1; 7:2. τὰς παρθένους Ox 404 recto, 21 (Hs 113, 5); GJs 10:1. Guests Mt 22:3a (s. 2 end).
    summon τινά someone (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 82 §347; 4, 86 §362; 1 Macc 1:6) ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτὸν καλοῦντες αὐτόν they sent to him to summon him Mk 3:31. Cp. Mt 2:7; 22:3a. Of Joseph ἐκάλεσεν αὐτήν GJs 13:2 (for the context cp. Mt 1:18f). Of God: the Israelites fr. Egypt (as a type of Christ) Mt 2:15. Call upon (Himerius, Or. 48 [=Or. 14], 10; 4 Macc 3:19) Hb 11:8.
    a legal t.t. call in, summon before a court (oft. pap) τινά someone (Jos., Ant. 14, 169) Ac 4:18; 24:2.—The transition to mng. 4 is well illustrated by Mt 4:21; Mk 1:20; Papias (8), where the summons is also a call to discipleship.
    From the mngs. ‘summon’ and ‘invite’ there develops the extended sense choose for receipt of a special benefit or experience, call (Paus. 10, 32, 13 οὓς ἂν ἡ ῏Ισις καλέσῃ διʼ ἐνυπνίων; Ael. Aristid. 30, 9 K.=10 p. 116 D.: ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ κληθείς) καλούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ Hb 5:4. τινὰ εἴς τι someone to someth., in the usage of the NT, as well as that of the LXX, of the choice of pers. for salvation: God (much more rarely Christ) calls εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ βασιλείαν καὶ δόξαν 1 Th 2:12; εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον αὐτοῦ δόξαν 1 Pt 5:10. εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Ti 6:12. εἰς κοινωνίαν τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ to fellowship with his son 1 Cor 1:9. ἐκ σκότους εἰς τὸ αὐτοῦ φῶς from darkness to his light 1 Pt 2:9. ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς 1 Cl 59:2. διὰ τ. χάριτος αὐτοῦ Gal 1:15. for this God called you through our proclamation, namely to obtain the glory 2 Th 2:14; cp. 1 Th 2:12. καλέσαντι … εἰς τὴν μερίδα τοῦ κλήρους τῶν ἁγίων Col 1:12 v.l. (for ἱκανώσαντι). Without further modification Ro 8:30; 9:24; 1 Cor 7:17f, 20–22, 24; Eph 1:11 v.l.; 2 Cl 9:5; 10:1.—κ. κλήσει ἁγίᾳ call with a holy calling 2 Ti 1:9. ἀξίως τῆς κλήσεως ἧς (attraction, instead of ἣν) ἐκλήθητε worthily of the calling by which you were called Eph 4:1 (on the constr. s. W-S. §24, 4b; Rob. 478). Of God: ὁ καλῶν τινά Gal 5:8; 1 Th 5:24. Abs. ὁ καλῶν Ro 9:12. ὁ καλέσας τινά Gal 1:6; 1 Pt 1:15; 2 Pt 1:3. Likew. of Christ ὁ καλέσας τινά 2 Cl 5:1 (Just., A I, 15, 7). Pass. οἱ κεκλημένοι those who are called Hb 9:15. κεκλημένοι ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ διʼ αὐτοῦ (=Ἰ. Χρ.) 1 Cl 65:2. οἱ κεκλημένοι ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ (=υἱοῦ τ. θεοῦ) Hs 9, 14, 5. οἱ κληθέντες Hm 4, 3, 4. S. also 1d.—More closely defined: ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ B 14:7 (Is 42:6). ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ (s. ἐλευθερία) Gal 5:13. οὐκ ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ ἀλλʼ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ not for impurity, but in consecration 1 Th 4:7. ἐν εἰρήνῃ in peace 1 Cor 7:15. ἐκλήθητε ἐν μιᾷ ἐλπίδι τῆς κλήσεως ὑμῶν you were called in the one hope that you share in your call Eph 4:4. ἡμεῖς διὰ θελήματος αὐτου (=θεοῦ) ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ κληθέντες 1 Cl 32:4. εἰς εἰρήνην τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐν ἐνὶ σώματι Col 3:15. ἐν τῇ σαρκί 2 Cl 9:4. ἐν Ἰσαάκ Hb 11:18 (=Ro 9:7). πόθεν ἐκλήθημεν καὶ ὑπὸ τίνος καὶ εἰς ὸ̔ν τόπον 2 Cl 1:2. εἰς τοῦτο ἵνα for this reason, that 1 Pt 3:9; cp. 2:21. Of Christ: οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς (+ εἰς μετάνοιαν v.l.) Mt 9:13; Mk 2:17 (on a prob. double sense in this pass. s. 2); 2 Cl 2:4; cp. vs. 7 (cp. Just., A I, 40, 7 εἰς μετάνοιαν καλεῖ πάντας ὁ θεός); Lk 5:32 (ἐλήλυθα … εἰς μετάνοιαν). Of God: ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς οὐκ ὄντας he called us when we did not exist 2 Cl 1:8. ὁ καλῶν τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα the one who calls into being what does not exist Ro 4:17 (Philo, Spec. Leg. 4, 187 τὰ μὴ ὄντα ἐκάλεσεν εἰς τὸ εἶναι; cp. Is 41:4; 48:13).—Of the call to an office by God Hb 5:4.—JHempel, Berufung u. Bekehrung (also GBeer Festschr.) ’35; HWildberger, Jahwes Eigentumsvolk ’60.—B. 1276. DELG. EDNT. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > καλέω

  • 112 λόγος

    λόγος, ου, ὁ (verbal noun of λέγω in the sense ‘pick’; Hom.+).
    a communication whereby the mind finds expression, word
    of utterance, chiefly oral.
    α. as expression, word (oratorical ability plus exceptional performance were distinguishing marks in Hellenic society, hence the frequent association of λ. and ἔργον ‘deed’; a sim. formulation as early as Il. 9, 443 μύθων τε ῥητῆρʼ ἔμεναι πρηκτῆρά τε ἔργων; Polystrat. p. 33 μὴ λόγῳ μόνον ἀλλʼ ἔργω; Just., A II, 4, 2 ἢ λόγῳ ἢ ἔργῳ and D. 35, 7 λόγον ἢ πρᾶξιν) δυνατὸς ἐν ἔργῳ κ. λόγῳ, i.e. an exceptional personage Lk 24:19; pl. of Moses Ac 7:22 (the contrast expressed w. a verb Choix 20, 6–8 ποιεῖ ἀγαθὸν ὄτι δύναται καὶ λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ of Apollordorus, a benefactor in Cyzicus, a flourishing city in Phrygia; sim. New Docs 7, 233, no. 10, 8f πολιτευόμενος … λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ; cp. IKourion 32, 8; without contrast Diod S 13, 101, 3 ἄνδρας λόγῳ δυνατούς; for sim. constructions using λέγω and πράσσω s. Danker, Benefactor 339–43). Cp. Ro 15:18; 2 Cor 10:11; Col 3:17; 2 Th 2:17; Hb 13:21 v.l.; 1J 3:18 (cp. Theognis 1, 87f Diehl3 μή μʼ ἔπεσιν μὲν στέργε κτλ.—For the contrast λόγῳ … ἀληθείᾳ cp. Diod S 13, 4, 1). In contrast to a sinful deed we also have the λόγος ἁμαρτίας sinful word Judaicon 172, 9. W. γνῶσις: ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ κ. πάσῃ γνώσει 1 Cor 1:5. ἰδιώτης τῷ λόγῳ, ἀλλʼ οὐ τῇ γνώσει 2 Cor 11:6. (Opp. δύναμις ‘revelation of power’) 1 Cor 4:19, 20. τὸ εὐαγγέλιον οὐκ ἐγενήθη ἐν λόγῳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει 1 Th 1:5 (cp. Ar. 13, 7 of mythical accounts οὐδέν εἰσιν εἰ μὴ μόνον λόγοι ‘they’re nothing but words’). W. ἐπιστολή: 2 Th 2:2, 15. W. ἀναστροφή: 1 Ti 4:12; 1 Pt 3:1b. Opp. ‘be silent’: IRo 2:1.—μόνον εἰπὲ λόγῳ just say the word Mt 8:8; cp. Lk 7:7 (Ath. 17, 1 ὡς λόγῳ εἰπεῖν; 29, 2; Phalaris, Ep. 121, 1 λόγῳ λέγειν; cp. schol. on Pla. 341a ἐν λόγῳ μόνον εἰπεῖν). οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον no one was able to answer him a (single) word Mt 22:46; cp. 15:23 (cp. TestAbr A 16 p. 98, 11 [Stone p. 44] οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ λόγον).— The (mighty) word (of one who performs miracles) ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Mt 8:16 (a rare use of λ. as ‘single utterance’, s. L-S-J-M s.v. VII).—διὰ λόγου by word of mouth (opp. ‘by letter’) Ac 15:27.—In the textually uncertain pass. Ac 20:24 the text as it stands in N., οὐδενὸς λόγου (v.l. λόγον) ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν, may well mean: I do not consider my life worth a single word (cp. λόγου ἄξιον [ἄξιος 1a] and our ‘worth mention’; s. Conzelmann ad loc.).
    β. The expression may take on a variety of formulations or topical nuances: what you say Mt 5:37; statement (PGM 4, 334) Lk 20:20; question (Sext. Emp., Math. 8, 295; 9, 133; Diog. L. 2, 116) ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς λόγον I will ask you a question (cp. TestJob 36:5; GrBar 5:1; ApcSed 13:6; Jos., Ant. 12, 99) Mt 21:24; cp. Mk 11:29; Lk 20:3; prayer (PGM 1, 25; 4, 90; 179; 230 al.; 5, 180; 196 al.) Mt 26:44; Mk 14:39. ἡγούμενος τοῦ λ. principal speaker Ac 14:12. W. epexeget. gen. λ. παρακλήσεως 13:15. W. κήρυγμα our manner of presentation and our proclamation 1 Cor 2:4a (but s. comm.). (W. διδασκαλία) preaching 1 Ti 5:17; prophecy (Biogr. p. 364 [Pythia]) J 2:22; 18:32. Command (Aeschyl., Pers. 363) Lk 4:36; 2 Pt 3:5, 7; via a letter 2 Th 3:14. Report, story (X., An. 1, 4, 7; Diod S 3, 40, 9; 19, 110, 1 λ. διαδιδόναι=spread a report; Appian, Iber. 80 §346, Maced. 4 §1 [both=rumor]; Diod S 32, 15, 3 ἦλθεν ὁ λ. ἐπί τινα=the report came to someone; Arrian, Anab. 7, 22, 1 λόγος λέγεται τοιόσδε=a story is told like this, Ind. 9, 2; Diod S 3, 18, 3 λ.=story, account; Jos., Ant. 19, 132; Tat. 27, 2 τοῦ καθʼ Ἡρακλέα λόγου) Mt 28:15; Mk 1:45; Lk 5:15 (λ. περί τινος as X., An. 6, 6, 13; Jos., Ant. 19, 127) 7:17; J 21:23. ἠκούσθη ὁ λόγος εἰς τὰ ὦτα τ. ἐκκλησίας the report came to the ears of the assembly in Jerusalem Ac 11:22. λόγον ἔχειν σοφίας have the appearance of wisdom, pass for wisdom Col 2:23 (cp. Pla., Epinomis 987b ἔχει λόγον; Demosth., C. Lept. 462 [20, 18] λόγον τινʼ ἔχον; but mng. 2f is possible). Proverb (Pla., Phdr. 17, 240c, Symp. 18, 195b, Gorg. 54, 499c, Leg. 6, 5, 757a; Socrat., Ep. 22, 1) J 4:37 (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 13, 7 ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ὁ λ. foll. by a proverb). Proclamation, instruction, teaching, message Lk 4:32; 10:39; J 4:41; 17:20; Ac 2:41; 4:4; 10:44; 20:7; 1 Cor 1:17; 2:1. In Ac18:15 ζητήματα περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου the sense appears to be someth. like this: controversial issues involving disputes about words and your way of life with λ. prob. referring to the presentation of controversial subjects, which in turn arouses heated ζητήματα debates. λόγος σοφίας proclamation of wisdom, speaking wisely 1 Cor 12:8a (Ps.-Phoc. 129 τῆς θεοπνεύστου σοφίης λ.); corresp. λ. γνώσεως vs. 8b. Cp. 14:9; 15:2; 2 Cor 1:18; 6:7; 10:10. λ. μαρτυρίας word of witness Rv 12:11. ὁ κατὰ τ. διδαχὴν πιστὸς λ. the message of faith, corresponding to the teaching Tit 1:9; the opp. 2 Ti 2:17. A speech (Aristot. p. 14b, 2; Diod S 40, 5a) διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ in a long speech Ac 15:32; cp. 20:2. λ. κολακείας flattering speech 1 Th 2:5. Speaking gener. 2 Cor 8:7; Eph 6:19; Col 4:6; D 2:5. ἐν λόγῳ πταίειν make a mistake in what one says Js 3:2.—Of God’s word, command, commission (LXX; ParJer 5:19 κατηχῆσαι αὐτοὺς τὸν λόγον; SyrBar 13:2; ApcSed 14:10; Just., D. 84, 2; Ael. Aristid. hears a ἱερὸς λ. at night fr. a god: 28, 116 K.=49, p. 529 D.; Sextus 24) ἠκυρώσατε τ. λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ Mt 15:6 (v.l. νόμον, ἐντολήν); cp. Mk 7:13.—J 5:38; 8:55; 10:35; Ro 3:4 (Ps 50:6). Of God’s promise Ro 9:6, 9 (but these two vss., and Gal 5:14 below, prob. fit better under 2a), 28 (Is 10:22f). Cp. Hb 2:2; 4:2 (s. ἀκοή 4b); 7:28; 12:19. For B 15:1 see 1aδ. The whole law (as the expr. εἴ τι ἑτέρα ἐντολή indicates not limited to a narrow list of commandments), acc. to Ro 13:9. In what is prob. a play on words (s. 2a and b), Gal 5:14 (s. 2a below) is summed up in the λόγος as expressed in Lev 19:18.—That which God has created ἁγιάζεται διὰ λόγου θεοῦ 1 Ti 4:5; in line w. the context, this hardly refers to God’s creative word (so SibOr 3, 20; PtK 2; πάντα γὰρ λόγῳ ποιήσας ὁ θεός Theoph. Ant. 2, 18 [144, 8]), but to table prayers which use biblical expressions. The divine word as judge of thoughts Hb 4:12. τελεσθήσονται οἱ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 17:17; cp. 19:9.—Of the divine revelation through Christ and his messengers (Just., A I, 61, 9 λόγον … παρὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐμάθομεν τοῦτον) θεὸς ἐφανέρωσεν τὸν λ. αὐτοῦ ἐν κηρύγματι Tit 1:3. δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λ. σου J 17:14; cp. vss. 6, 17; 1J 1:10; 2:14. ἵνα μὴ ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ βλασφημῆται Tit 2:5. The apostles and other preachers, w. ref. to the λόγος of God, are said to: λαλεῖν Ac 4:29, 31; 13:46; Phil 1:14; Hb 13:7; καταγγέλλειν Ac 13:5; 17:13; διδάσκειν 18:11; μαρτυρεῖν Rv 1:2. Of their hearers it is said: τὸν λ. τοῦ θεοῦ ἀκούειν Ac 13:7; δέχεσθαι 8:14; 11:1. Of the λ. τοῦ θεοῦ itself we read: ηὔξανεν Ac 6:7; 12:24; 19:20; οὐ δέδεται 2 Ti 2:9. In these places and many others ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ is simply the Christian message, the gospel: Lk 5:1; 8:11, 21; 11:28 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 1, 20 μὴ μόνον ἀκουόντων ἀλλὰ πασχόντων καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν λόγων=let the message have its effect on oneself); Ac 6:2 (s. καταλείπω 7c; for prob. commercial metaph. s. 2a below); 13:44 v.l. (for κυρίου); 16:32 v.l.; 1 Cor 14:36; 2 Cor 2:17; 4:2; Col 1:25; 1 Pt 1:23; Rv 1:9; 6:9; 20:4; IPhld 11:1. Cp. 1 Th 2:13ab; 1J 2:5.—Since this ‘divine word’ is brought to humanity through Christ, his word can be used in the same sense: ὁ λόγος μου J 5:24; cp. 8:31, 37, 43, 51f; 12:48; 14:23f; 15:3, 20b; Rv 3:8. ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ Col 3:16; cp. Hb 6:1. ὁ λ. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 8:25; 12:24 v.l.; 13:44, 48f; 14:25 v.l.; 15:35, 36; 16:32 (cp. λ. θεοῦ); 19:10; 1 Th 1:8; 2 Th 3:1. Pl. Mk 8:38 (Lk 9:26); 1 Ti 6:3; cp. Lk 24:44; s. also 1aδ.—Or it is called simply ὁ λόγος=the ‘Word’, for no misunderstanding would be possible among Christians: Mt 13:20–23; Mk 2:2; 4:14–20, 33; 8:32 (s. 1aε below); 16:20; Lk 1:2; 8:12f, 15; Ac 6:4; 8:4; 10:36 (on the syntax s. FNeirynck, ETL 60, ’84, 118–23); 11:19; 14:25 (cp. λ. κυρίου above); 16:6; 17:11; 18:5; Gal 6:6; Phil 1:14; Col 4:3; 1 Th 1:6; 2 Ti 4:2; Js 1:21ff; 1 Pt 2:8; 3:1; 1J 2:7; AcPl Ha 7, 6 (so also Mel., HE 4, 26, 13; Ath. 2, 3).—Somet. the ‘Word’ is more closely defined by a gen.: ὁ λ. τῆς βασιλείας the word of the reign/rule (of God) Mt 13:19. τῆς σωτηρίας Ac 13:26. τῆς καταλλαγῆς 2 Cor 5:19. τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. δικαιοσύνης (q.v. 3a) Hb 5:13. ζωῆς Phil 2:16. (τῆς) ἀληθείας (Theoph. Ant. 3, 4 [p. 212, 2]; cp. περὶ ἀληθείας Hippol., Ref. 10, 6, 1) Eph 1:13; Col 1:5; 2 Ti 2:15; Js 1:18; AcPl Ha 8, 8 (Just., D. 121, 2). τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ κυρίου) Ac 14:3; 20:32. (Differently the pl. οἱ λόγοι τ. χάριτος gracious words Lk 4:22; cp. Marcellinus, Vi. Thu. 57 Hude λόγοι εἰρωνείας.) ὁ λ. τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ac 15:7; ὁ τοῦ Χριστιανισμοῦ λ. MPol 10:1. In Rv 3:10 the gospel is described by the ‘One who has the key of David’ as ὁ λ. τῆς ὑπομονῆς μου my word of endurance (W-S. §30, 12c). λ. τῶν ὑ[πο]μονῶν AcPl Ha 6, 11. παρελάβετε τὸν λ. ὅτι AcPl Ha 8, 25.—The pastoral letters favor the expr. πιστὸς ὁ λόγος (sc. ἐστίν, and s. πιστός 1b) 1 Ti 1:15; 3:1; 4:9; 2 Ti 2:11; Tit 3:8; cp. Rv 21:5; 22:6. λ. ὑγιής sound preaching Tit 2:8; cp. the pl. ὑγιαίνοντες λόγοι 2 Ti 1:13 (on medicinal use of words for the mind or soul s. VLeinieks, The City of Dionysos ’96, 115–22, on Eur.).—The pl. is also used gener. of Christian teachings, the words of the gospel Lk 1:4 (s. κατηχέω 2a); 1 Th 4:18. οἱ λ. τῆς πίστεως 1 Ti 4:6. On λόγοι κυριακοί for λόγια κυριακά in the title of the Papias document s. ἐξήγησις 2.—JSchniewind, Die Begriffe Wort und Evangelium bei Pls, diss. Bonn 1910; RAsting (εὐαγγέλιον, end).
    γ. of an individual declaration or remark: assertion, declaration, speech ἀκούσαντες τὸν λ. when they heard the statement Mt 15:12; cp. 19:11, 22; 22:15; Mk 5:36. διὰ τοῦτον τὸν λ. because of this statement of yours 7:29 (TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 29 [Stone p. 38] τὸν λ. τοῦτον; ApcMos 25 εἰς τὸν λόγον σου κρινῶ σε). Cp. 10:22; 12:13; Lk 1:29; 22:61 v.l. (for ῥήματος); J 4:39, 50; 6:60; 7:36, 40 v.l.; 15:20a; 18:9; 19:8; Ac 6:5; 7:29; 20:38; 22:22; 1 Th 4:15. ὸ̔ς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου whoever utters a (defamatory) word against the Son of Humanity Mt 12:32 (λ. εἰπεῖν κατά τινος as Jos., Ant. 15, 81); cp. Lk 12:10. λόγος σαπρός unwholesome talk Eph 4:29. λόγον ποιεῖσθαι make a speech Ac 11:2 D (cp. Hyperid. 3, 20; Jos., Ant. 11, 86).
    δ. the pl. (οἱ) λόγοι is used, on the one hand, of words uttered on various occasions, of speeches or instruction given here and there by humans or transcendent beings (TestAbr A 14 p. 94, 19 [Stone p. 36]; Jos., Ant. 4, 264; Just., D. 100, 3) ἐκ τῶν λόγων σου δικαιωθήσῃ (καταδικασθήσῃ) Mt 12:37ab; 24:35; Mk 13:31; Lk 21:33; Ac 2:40; 7:22 (ἐν λόγοις καὶ ἔργοις αὐτοῦ. On the word-deed pair cp. Dio Chrys. 4, 6 the λόγοι and ἔργα of Diogenes; s. α above). οἱ δέκα λόγοι the ten commandments (Ex 34:28; Dt 10:4; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 168, Decal. 32; Jos., Ant. 3, 138; cp. 91f; Did., Gen. 36, 10) B 15:1. Ac 15:24; 20:35; 1 Cor 2:4b, 13; 14:19ab; κενοὶ λ. Eph 5:6; AcPl Ox 6, 13 (cp. Aa 1, 241, 14); Dg 8:2; πλαστοὶ λ. 2 Pt 2:3. λ. πονηροί 3J 10.—Also of words and exprs. that form a unity, whether it be connected discourse (Jos., Ant. 15, 126; Just., A II, 12, 6, D. 11, 5; 81, 3 al.), a conversation, or parts of one and the same teaching, or expositions on the same subject (Diod S 16, 2, 3 μετέσχε τῶν Πυθαγορίων λόγων; Dio Chrys. 37 [54], 1; Ael. Aristid. 50, 55 K.=26 p. 519 D.: οἱ Πλάτωνος λόγοι; PsSol 17:43 [words of the Messiah]; AscIs 3:12 οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Βελχειρά) πᾶς ὅστις ἀκούει μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους Mt 7:24; cp. vss. 26, 28; 10:14; 19:1; 26:1; Mk 10:24; Lk 1:20; 6:47; 9:28, 44. ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις ἱκανοῖς he questioned him at some length 23:9. τίνες οἱ λ. οὗτοι οὓς ἀντιβάλλετε; what is this conversation that you are holding? 24:17; J 7:40 (s. γ); 10:19; J 14:24a; 19:13; Ac 2:22; 5:5, 24; 16:36; 2 Ti 4:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 46:7. λόγοις φθοριμαίοις AcPlCor 1:2.
    ε. the subject under discussion, matter, thing gener. (Theognis 1055 Diehl; Hdt. 8, 65 μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λόγον τοῦτον εἴπῃς. Cp. Hebr. דָּבָר) τὸν λ. ἐκράτησαν they took up the subject Mk 9:10; cp. Mt. 21:24 (s. 1aβ beg.). οὐκ ἔστιν σοι μερὶς ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ you have no share in this matter Ac 8:21. ἰδεῖν περὶ τ. λόγου τούτου look into this matter 15:6. ἔχειν πρός τινα λόγον have a complaint against someone (cp. Demosth. 35, 55 ἐμοὶ πρὸς τούτους ὁ λόγος; PIand 16, 3 δίκαιον λόγον ἔχει πρὸς σέ) 19:38. παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας Mt 5:32; 19:9 v.l. (2d is also prob.).—Perh. also Mk 8:32 he discussed the subject quite freely (but s. 1aβ above).
    of literary or oratorical productions: of the separate books of a work (Hdt. 5, 36 ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τ. λόγων; Pla., Parmen. 2, 127d ὁ πρῶτος λόγος; Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 1 ὁ μὲν πρότερος λόγος ἦν ἡμῖν, ὦ Θεόδοτε, περὶ τοῦ …) treatise Ac 1:1 (s. on the prologue to Ac: AHilgenfeld, ZWT 41, 1898, 619ff; AGercke, Her 29, 1894, 373ff; RLaqueur, Her 46, 1911, 161ff; Norden, Agn. Th. 311ff; JCreed, JTS 35, ’34, 176–82; Goodsp., Probs. 119–21). Παπίας … πέντε λόγους κυριακῶν λογίων ἔγραψεν Papias (11:1; cp. 3:1 e; 11:2; 12:2).—περὶ οὗ πολὺς ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος about this we have much to say Hb 5:11. Hb is described as ὁ λ. τῆς παρακλήσεως a word of exhortation (in literary form) 13:22. Of writings that are part of Holy Scripture ὁ λ. Ἠσαί̈ου J 12:38. ὁ λ. ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ γεγραμμένος 15:25; ὁ προφητικὸς λ. 2 Pt 1:19; 2 Cl 11:2 (quot. of unknown orig.); AcPl Ha 8, 27/BMM recto 35 (Just., D. 77, 2 al.). ὁ ἅγιος λ. the holy word 1 Cl 56:3. ὁ λ. ὁ γεγραμμένος 1 Cor 15:54 (Is 25:8 and Hos 13:14 follow). Pl. οἱ λόγοι τ. προφητῶν Ac 15:15. ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λόγων Ἠσαί̈ου Lk 3:4 (Pla., 7th Epistle 335a πείθεσθαι ἀεὶ χρὴ τοῖς παλαιοῖς καὶ ἱεροῖς λόγοις; TestJob 1:1 βίβλος λόγων Ἰώβ; ParJer 9:32 v.l. τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν λόγων Ἱερεμίου; ApcEsdr 1:1 καὶ ἀποκάλυψις τοῦ … Ἐσδράμ; ApcSed prol.; Just., D. 72, 3f).—Of the content of Rv: ὁ ἀναγινώσκων τ. λόγους τῆς προφητείας 1:3. οἱ λόγοι (τ. προφητείας) τ. βιβλίου τούτου 22:7, 9f, 18f.
    computation, reckoning
    a formal accounting, esp. of one’s actions, and freq. with fig. extension of commercial terminology account, accounts, reckoning λόγον δοῦναι (Hdt. 8, 100; X., Cyr. 1, 4, 3; Diod S 3, 46, 4; SIG 1099, 16; BGU 164, 21; Jos., Ant. 16, 120; Just., D. 115, 6) give account, make an accounting ἕκαστος περὶ ἑαυτοῦ λόγον δώσει τ. θεῷ Ro 14:12. Also λ. ἀποδοῦναι abs. (Just., D. 116, 1 al.; Diod S 16, 56, 4; 19, 9, 4) Hb 13:17. τινί to someone (Diod S 16, 27, 4; Plut., Alcib. 7, 3; Chariton 7, 6, 2; SIG 631, 13 τᾷ πόλει; 2 Ch 34:28; Da 6:3 Theod.; Jos., Bell. 1, 209) τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 Pt 4:5. τινὸς of someth. (SIG 1044, 46; 1105, 10 τοῦ ἀναλώματος; Jos., Ant. 19, 307) Lk 16:2 (here λ. w. the art.; on the subject of undergoing an audit cp. Aeschin. 3, 22). Likew. περί τινος (Diod S 18, 60, 2 δοὺς αὑτῷ περὶ τούτων λόγον=taking account [considering] with himself; BGU 98, 25 περὶ τούτου) Mt 12:36; Ac 19:40. ὑπέρ τινος concerning someone Hv 3, 9, 10.—αἰτεῖν τινα λόγον περί τινος call someone to account for someth. 1 Pt 3:15 (cp. Pla., Pol. 285e; Dio Chrys. 20 [37], 30; Apc4Esdr Fgm. b ἕκαστος ὑπὸ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔργου τὸν λόγον ἀπαιτηθήσεται; Just., A I, 17, 4. For another perspective s. d below.).—Of banking responsibility ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ (PStras 72, 10 [III A.D.] ὁ τῶν θεῶν λ.; PHerm 108 [III A.D.] λ. τοῦ Σαραπείου) in wordplay Ac 6:2 (w. τράπεζα q.v. 1c); s. also 1aβ.—Of a ledger heading (POxy 1333 [II/III A.D.] δὸς αὐτῳ λόγῳ θεωρικῶν=credit him under ‘festivals’; for others s. Preisig., Wörterbuch s.v. λ. 14; s. also Fachwörter 119) Ro 9:6 (the point is that God’s ‘list’ of Israelites is accurate; on ἐκπίπτω in the sense ‘is not deficient’ s. s.v. 4); vs. 9 (the ‘count’ is subsumed by metonymy in divine promise); Gal 5:14 (all moral obligations come under one ‘entry’: ‘you shall love your neighbor as yourself’; for commercial association of ἀναλίσκω vs. 15, which rounds out the wordplay, s. s.v.). The contexts of these three passages suggest strong probability for commercial associations; for another view s. 1aβ.
    settlement (of an account) (εἰς λόγον commercial t.t. ‘in settlement of an account’ POxy 275, 19; 21) εἰς λόγον δόσεως κ. λήμψεως in settlement of a mutual account (lit., ‘of giving and receiving’, ‘of debit and credit’) Phil 4:15 (cp. Plut., Mor. 11b λόγον δοῦναι καὶ λαβεῖν; a parallel formulation POxy 1134,10 [421 A.D.] λ. λήμματος καὶ ἐξοδιασμοῦ=ledger of income and expenditures); for the linked accounting terms δόσις and λήμψις s. PCairMasp 151, 208 [VI A.D.]. The same ideas are in the background of εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν credited to your account vs 17.—συναίρειν λόγον settle accounts (BGU 775, 18f. The mid. in the same mng. PFay109, 6 [I A.D.]; POxy 113, 27f.—Dssm., LO 94 [LAE 118f]) μετά τινος Mt 18:23; 25:19.
    reflection, respect, regard εἰς λόγον τινός with regard to, for the sake of (Thu. 3, 46, 4; Demosth. 19, 142 εἰς ἀρετῆς λόγον; Polyb. 11, 28, 8; Ath. 31, 1; Ael. Aristid. 39 p. 743 D.: εἰς δεινότητος λ.) εἰς λ. τιμῆς IPhld 11:2. εἰς λ. θεοῦ ISm 10:1.
    reason for or cause of someth., reason, ground, motive (Just., D. 94, 3 δότε μοι λόγον, ὅτου χάριν … ; Ath. 30, 3 τὶς γὰρ … λόγος; Dio Chrys. 64 [14], 18 ἐκ τούτου τ. λόγου; Appian, Hann. 29 §126 τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 28, 155) τίνι λόγω; for what reason? Ac 10:29 (cp. Pla., Gorg. 512c τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; Appian, Mithrid. 57 §232 τίνι λόγῳ;). λόγον περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος 1 Pt 3:15 (but s. a above); κατὰ λόγον Ac 18:14 (s. κατά B 5bβ). παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας Mt 5:32; 19:9 v.l. (though 1aε is also poss.).
    πρὸς ὸ̔ν ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος (ἐστίν) with whom we have to do (i.e. to reckon) (Dio Chrys. 31, 123; other exx. in FBleek, Hb II/1, 1836, 590ff), in his capacity as judge (Libanius, Legat. Ulixis [=Declamatio IV] 2 F. τοῖς δὲ ἀδίκως ἀποκτενοῦσι καὶ πρὸς θεοὺς καὶ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους ὁ λόγος γίγνεται) Hb 4:13. οὐ πρὸς σάρκα ὁ λόγος, ἀλλὰ πρὸς θεόν he has to do not with flesh, but with God IMg 3:2.
    In Col 2:23 (s. 1aβ) λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας may= make a case for wisdom (cp. λόγος ἡμῖν οὐδείς Plut., Mor. 870b).
    the independent personified expression of God, the Logos. Our lit. shows traces of a way of thinking that was widespread in contemporary syncretism, as well as in Jewish wisdom lit. and Philo, the most prominent feature of which is the concept of the Logos, the independent, personified ‘Word’ (of God): GJs 11:2 (word of the angel to Mary) συνλήμψῃ ἐκ Λόγου αὐτοῦ (sc. τοῦ πάντων Δεσπότου). J 1:1abc, 14 (cp. Just., A I, 23, 2; Mel., P. 9, 61 and oft. by all apolog., exc.. Ar.). It is the distinctive teaching of the Fourth Gospel that this divine ‘Word’ took on human form in a historical person, that is, in Jesus (s. RSeeberg, Festgabe für AvHarnack ’21, 263–81.—Λόγος w. ζωή in gnostic speculation: Iren.1, 1, 1 [Harv. 1, 10, 4]; Aelian, VH 4, 20 ἐκάλουν τὸν Πρωταγόραν Λόγον. Similarly Favorinus [II A.D.]: Vorsokr. 80 A 1 ln. 22 [in Diog. L. 9, 50] of Democritus: ἐκαλεῖτο Σοφία. Equating a divinity with an abstraction that she personifies: Artem. 5, 18 φρόνησις εἶναι νομίζεται ἡ θεός [Athena]). Cp. 1J 1:1; Rv 19:13. εἷς θεός ἐστιν, ὁ φανερώσας ἑαυτὸν διὰ Ἰ. Χριστοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὅς ἐστιν αὐτοῦ λόγος, ἀπὸ σιγῆς προελθών there is one God, who has revealed himself through Jesus Christ his Son, who is his ‘Word’ proceeding from silence (i.e., without an oral pronouncement: in a transcendent manner) IMg 8:2 (s. σιγή). The Lord as νόμος κ. λόγος PtK 1. Cp. Dg 11:2, 3, 7, 8; 12:9.—HClavier, TManson memorial vol., ’59, 81–93: the Alexandrian eternal λόγος is also implied in Hb 4:12; 13:7.—S. also the ‘Comma Johanneum’ (to the bibliography in RGG3 I, ’54 [HGreeven] add AJülicher, GGA 1905, 930–35; AvHarnack, SBBerlAk 1915, 572f [=Studien I ’31, 151f]; MMeinertz, Einl. in d. NT4 ’33, 309–11; AGreiff, TQ 114, ’33, 465–80; CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46; WThiele, ZNW 50, ’59, 61–73) ὁ πατήρ, ὁ λόγος καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 1J 5:7 v.l. (s. N. app.; Borger, TRu 52, ’87, 57f). (Such interpolations were not unheard of. According to Diog. L. 1, 48 some people maintain that Solon inserted the verse mentioning the Athenians after Il. 2, 557.—τῆς τριάδος, τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ λόγου αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς σοφίας αὐτοῦ Theoph. Ant. 2, 15 [p. 138, 19].)—On the Logos: EZeller, D. Philosophie der Griechen III 24 1903, 417–34; MHeinze, D. Lehre v. Logos in d. griech. Philosophie 1872; PWendland, Philo u. d. kynisch-stoische Diatribe (Beiträge z. Gesch. der griech. Philosophie u. Religion by Wendl. and OKern 1895, 1–75); AAall, Gesch. d. Logosidee 1896, 1899; MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48f, I 482; 490 (index); LDürr, D. Wertung des göttl. Wortes im AT u. im ant. Orient ’38 (§9 of the Joh. Logos); EBréhier, Les idées philosophiques et religieuses de Philon d’Alexandrie 1907, 83–111; (2 ’25); JLebreton, Les théories du Logos au début de l’ère chrétienne 1907; ESchwartz, NGG 1908, 537–56; GVos, The Range of the Logos-Title in the Prologue of the Fourth Gospel: PTR 11, 1913, 365–419; 557–602; RHarris, The Origin of the Prologue to St. John’s Gospel 1917, Athena, Sophia and the Logos: BJRL 7, 1, 1922 p. 56–72; M-JLagrange, Vers le Logos de S. Jean: RB 32, 1923, 161–84, Le Logos de Philon: ibid. 321–71; HLeisegang, Logos: Pauly-W. XIII 1926, 1035–81; TGlasson, Heraclitus’ Alleged Logos Doctr., JTS 3, ’52, 231–38.—NWeinstein, Z. Genesis d. Agada 1901, 29–90; Billerb. II 302–33.—Rtzst., Zwei religionsgeschichtl. Fragen 1901, 47–132, Mysterienrel.3 1927, 428 index; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 304ff; 316f; JKroll, D. Lehren d. Hermes Trismegistos1914, 418 index.—RBultmann, D. religionsgesch. Hintergrund des Prol. z. Joh.: HGunkel Festschr., 1923, II 1–26, Comm. ’41, 5ff; AAlexander, The Johannine Doctrine of the Logos: ET 36, 1925, 394–99; 467–72; (Rtzst. and) HSchaeder, Studien z. antiken Synkretismus 1926, 306–37; 350; GAvdBerghvanEysinga, In den beginne was de Logos: NThT 23, ’34, 105–23; JDillersberger, Das Wort von Logos ’35; RBury, The 4th Gosp. and the Logos-Doctrine ’40; EMay, CBQ 8, ’46, 438–47; GKnight, From Moses to Paul ’49, 120–29. TW IV 76–89; 126–40 (on this s. SLyonnet, Biblica 26, ’45, 126–31); CStange, ZST 21, ’50, 120–41; MBoismard, Le Prologue de St. Jean ’53; HLangkammer, BZ 9, ’65, 91–94; HRinggren, Word and Wisdom [hypostatization in Near East] ’47; WEltester, Haenchen Festschr., ’64, 109–34; HWeiss, Untersuchungen zur Kosmologie etc., TU 97, ’66, 216–82; MRissi, Die Logoslieder im Prolog des vierten Evangeliums, TZ 31, ’75, 321–36; HLausberg, NAWG, Ph. ’87, 1 pp. 1–7.—B. 1262. DELG s.v. λέγω B 1. M-M. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > λόγος

  • 113 bárbaro

    adj.
    1 barbarian, barbarous, barbaric, beast-like.
    2 super.
    3 non-Greco-Roman.
    intj.
    super.
    m.
    barbarian, philistine, chuff, savage.
    * * *
    1 HISTORIA barbarian
    2 (cruel) barbaric, savage, cruel
    3 (temerario) daring
    4 familiar (grande) enormous, tremendous
    5 familiar (espléndido) fantastic, terrific
    nombre masculino,nombre femenino
    1 HISTORIA barbarian
    1
    ————————
    1
    * * *
    1. (f. - bárbara)
    noun m.
    2. (f. - bárbara)
    adj.
    1) barbarian, uncivilized
    * * *
    bárbaro, -a
    1. ADJ
    1) ( Hist) barbarian
    2) (=cruel) barbarous, cruel; (=espantoso) awful, frightful
    3) (=grosero) rough, uncouth; (=inculto) ignorant
    4) * (=increíble) tremendous *, smashing *

    un éxito bárbaroa tremendous o smashing success *

    es un tío bárbarohe's a great o fantastic guy *

    ¡qué bárbaro! — (=estupendo) great!, terrific!; (=horrible) how awful!

    2.
    ADV * (=estupendamente) brilliantly

    canta bárbaro — she signs brilliantly, she's a terrific singer

    3.
    EXCL Cono Sur * fine!, OK! *
    4. SM / F
    1) ( Hist) barbarian
    2) (=bruto) uncouth person

    gritó como un bárbaro — he gave a tremendous shout, he shouted like mad

    * * *
    I
    - ra adjetivo
    1) (Hist) barbarian
    2)

    no seas bárbaro, no te tires de ahí — don't be an idiot o don't be so stupid, don't try jumping off there

    b) ( bruto)

    no seas bárbaro, no se lo digas — don't be crass o cruel, don't tell him

    3) (fam) ( como intensificador) <casa/coche> fantastic
    II
    adverbio (fam)
    III
    - ra masculino, femenino
    1) (Hist) Barbarian
    2) (fam) ( bruto) lout, thug

    comer como un bárbaro — (fam) to eat like a horse

    * * *
    2 = barbaric, philistine, barbarous, barbarian.
    Nota: Adjetivo.
    Ex. The novel is a crude barbaric mixture of verse and prose, poetry and realism, crammed with ghosts, corpses, maniacs all very unlike Racine.
    Ex. Not all large publishing companies are conducted in a callous and philistine manner, motivated solely by profit.
    Ex. The title of the article is 'Highest aspirations or barbarous acts: the explosion in human rights documentation'.
    Ex. The writer examines the hierarchy and organization of barbarian churches that developed in the western Roman Empire in late antiquity.
    * * *
    I
    - ra adjetivo
    1) (Hist) barbarian
    2)

    no seas bárbaro, no te tires de ahí — don't be an idiot o don't be so stupid, don't try jumping off there

    b) ( bruto)

    no seas bárbaro, no se lo digas — don't be crass o cruel, don't tell him

    3) (fam) ( como intensificador) <casa/coche> fantastic
    II
    adverbio (fam)
    III
    - ra masculino, femenino
    1) (Hist) Barbarian
    2) (fam) ( bruto) lout, thug

    comer como un bárbaro — (fam) to eat like a horse

    * * *
    bárbaro1
    1 = savage, barbarian.
    Nota: Nombre.

    Ex: The father is ultimately a figure of fun and the archetype of an irrational savage.

    Ex: The article is entitled 'Waiting for the barbarians? Multicultural public library services in Australia 1985-1992'.

    bárbaro3
    3 = great, swell.

    Ex: Click on 'add new experience', provide as much details as you can, and let us know why you think they are so great.

    Ex: I was reading this book in anticipatian of the movie and it was swell, it was so good I read it two days straight.

    2 = barbaric, philistine, barbarous, barbarian.
    Nota: Adjetivo.

    Ex: The novel is a crude barbaric mixture of verse and prose, poetry and realism, crammed with ghosts, corpses, maniacs all very unlike Racine.

    Ex: Not all large publishing companies are conducted in a callous and philistine manner, motivated solely by profit.
    Ex: The title of the article is 'Highest aspirations or barbarous acts: the explosion in human rights documentation'.
    Ex: The writer examines the hierarchy and organization of barbarian churches that developed in the western Roman Empire in late antiquity.

    * * *
    bárbaro1 -ra
    A ( Hist) barbarian
    B
    1
    (imprudente): no seas bárbaro, no te tires de ahí don't be an idiot o don't be so stupid, don't try jumping off there
    2
    (animal): el muy bárbaro la hizo llorar the brute made her cry
    no seas bárbaro, no se lo digas don't be crass/cruel, don't tell him
    C ( fam)
    1
    (como intensificador): tengo un hambre bárbara/un sueño bárbaro I'm starving/absolutely bushed o ( BrE) whacked ( colloq), I'm incredibly hungry/tired ( colloq)
    hace un frío/calor bárbaro it's freezing (cold)/boiling (hot) ( colloq), it's incredibly cold/hot ( colloq)
    2 (estupendo, magnífico) super ( colloq), fantastic ( colloq)
    ¿te parece bien? — ¡bárbaro! do you think it's a good idea? — fantastic! ( colloq)
    ( fam):
    lo pasamos bárbaro we had a fantastic time ( colloq)
    me viene bárbaro it's super!, it's just what I needed!
    bárbaro3 -ra
    masculine, feminine
    A ( Hist) Barbarian
    los bárbaros the Barbarians
    B ( fam)
    (bruto): estos bárbaros me destrozaron la alfombra these louts ruined my carpet
    esos hinchas de fútbol son unos bárbaros those football fans behave like animals o are just a bunch of thugs
    esos bárbaros me han roto los cristales del coche those vandals o thugs have smashed my car windows
    comer como un bárbaro ( fam); to eat like a horse
    * * *

     

    bárbaro 1
    ◊ -ra adjetivo

    1 (Hist) barbarian
    2 ( bruto):

    no seas bárbaro, no se lo digas don't be crass o cruel, don't tell him
    3 (fam) ( como intensificador) ‹casa/coche fantastic;

    bárbaro 2 adverbio (fam):

    bárbaro 3 -ra sustantivo masculino, femenino
    1 (Hist) Barbarian
    2 (fam) ( bruto) lout, thug
    bárbaro,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 (cruel, despiadado) barbaric: fue un castigo bárbaro, it was a barbaric punishment
    2 (incivilizado, rudo) barbarous
    3 fam (en mucha cantidad) massive: tengo un cansancio bárbaro, I'm absolutely exhausted
    4 fam (fenomenal, maravilloso) fantastic, terrific
    5 Hist barbarian
    II m,f Hist barbarian
    ' bárbaro' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    bárbara
    English:
    barbarian
    - barbaric
    - boor
    - boorish
    - yahoo
    - swell
    * * *
    bárbaro, -a
    adj
    1. Hist barbarian
    2. [cruel] barbaric, cruel
    3. [bruto] uncouth, coarse;
    no seas bárbaro, desconecta primero el enchufe don't be such an idiot, take the plug out first
    4. Fam [excelente] fantastic, great;
    su último disco es bárbaro her latest record is fantastic o great;
    con esa falda estás bárbara you look fantastic o great in that skirt;
    es una persona bárbara she's a wonderful person;
    conseguí las entradas – ¡bárbaro! I got the tickets – great o fantastic!
    5. Fam [como intensificador]
    hacía un frío bárbaro it was dead cold;
    tengo una sed bárbara I'm dead thirsty
    nm,f
    1. Hist barbarian;
    los bárbaros the barbarians
    2. [persona bruta] brute, animal;
    el bárbaro de su marido le pega her brute of a husband beats her;
    unos bárbaros destrozaron la cabina telefónica some animals o Br yobs destroyed the phone Br box o US booth
    adv
    Fam [magníficamente]
    pasarlo bárbaro to have a wild time
    * * *
    I adj fam
    tremendous, awesome fam ;
    ¡qué bárbaro! amazing!, wicked! fam ;
    lo pasamos bárbaro fam we had a whale of a time
    II m, bárbara f fam
    punk fam
    * * *
    bárbaro adv, fam : wildly
    anoche lo pasamos bárbaro: we had a wild time last night
    bárbaro, -ra adj
    1) : barbarous, wild, uncivilized
    2) fam : great, fantastic
    bárbaro, -ra n
    : barbarian
    * * *
    1. (violento) brutal / violent
    2. (estupendo) fantastic / terrific

    Spanish-English dictionary > bárbaro

  • 114 circular

    adj.
    1 circular.
    Su forma es circular Its shape is circular.
    2 orbicular.
    f.
    leaflet, circular, circular letter, flier.
    Ella me entregó la circular ayer She gave me the leaflet yesterday.
    v.
    1 to flow or circulate.
    2 to circulate.
    El sospechoso circuló mucho tiempo The suspect circulated a long time.
    La prensa circuló el rumor The press circulated=spread the rumor.
    3 to go round.
    4 to be spread, to go round.
    El rumor circula desde ayer The rumor was spread since yesterday.
    5 to distribute, to circulate, to deal out, to hand around.
    Ella circuló las invitaciones She circulated=handed out the invitations.
    * * *
    1 circular
    1 (carta) circular, circular letter
    1 (gen) to circulate, move, go round
    2 (líquido, electricidad) to circulate, flow
    3 (coche) to drive; (trenes, autobuses) to run; (peatón) to walk
    4 figurado (rumor etc) to spread, get round
    \
    'Circule por la derecha' "Keep to the right"
    ¡circulen! move along!
    * * *
    1. noun f. adj. 2. verb
    2) run
    3) walk
    4) flow
    * * *
    1. VI
    1) [vehículo] to run

    el metro no circula los domingos — the underground does not run on Sundays, there is no underground service on Sundays

    este tren circula a muy alta velocidadthis train goes o travels o runs at very high speeds

    2) [peatón] to walk

    por favor, circulen por la acera — please walk on the pavement

    ¡circulen! — move along!

    3) [ciudadano, mercancía] to move around
    4) [moneda] to be in circulation
    5) [sangre] to circulate; [agua] to flow
    6) [rumor] to go round, circulate
    2.
    3.
    ADJ (=redondo) circular

    un salón con o de forma circular — a circular o round hall

    4.
    SF (=carta) circular
    * * *
    I
    adjetivo circular
    II 1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) sangre/savia to circulate, flow; agua/corriente to flow
    2)
    a) transeúnte/peatón to walk; conductor

    circulen, por favor! — move along please!

    b) autobús/tren ( estar de servicio) to run, operate
    3) dinero/billete/sello to be in circulation
    4) noticia/rumor/memo to circulate, go around
    2.
    circular vt to circulate
    III
    femenino circular
    * * *
    I
    adjetivo circular
    II 1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) sangre/savia to circulate, flow; agua/corriente to flow
    2)
    a) transeúnte/peatón to walk; conductor

    circulen, por favor! — move along please!

    b) autobús/tren ( estar de servicio) to run, operate
    3) dinero/billete/sello to be in circulation
    4) noticia/rumor/memo to circulate, go around
    2.
    circular vt to circulate
    III
    femenino circular
    * * *
    circular1
    1 = memo [memorandum], memorandum [memoranda -pl.; memo -abr.], news-sheet [newsheet], newsletter, circular letter.

    Ex: In most cases there was little substitution of e-mail for letters, memos, telephone calls, meetings or travel.

    Ex: Among the documents that are worthy of consideration for abstracting are those which convey information that is likely to be difficult to access, such as foreign documents or internal reports and memoranda and other documents which a limited circulation.
    Ex: Short abstracts comprising only one or two sentences, for instance, may be valuable in commercial information services, or local government news-sheets of the type produced by public libraries.
    Ex: A newsletter is a serial publication consisting of one or a few printed sheets containing news and/or information of interest to a special group.
    Ex: The computer is also programmed to print out circular letters and address labels to obtain up-dated information, which are sent to agencies every six months.

    circular2
    2 = roundabout, circular, rotary, cyclic.

    Ex: 'I think that's about it, isn't it, Malcolm?' she said, rubbing her hands with a roundabout motion.

    Ex: Products under threat include; greeting cards, circulars, information sheets, newspapers and magazines.
    Ex: In 1895 a good London bindery would have the following machines: hand-fed folding machines, sewing machines, nipping machines (for pressing the sewn books before casing-in), cutting machines, rounding machines, backing machines, straight-knife trimming machines (guillotines), rotary board-cutting machines, power blocking presses, and hydraulic standing presses.
    Ex: This algorithm handles cyclic graphs without unfolding the cycles nor looping through them.
    * bandeja circular para diapositivas = carousel.
    * presentación circular de títulos = wrap-around.
    * sierra circular = buzz saw, circular saw.
    * tesauro circular = circular thesaurus.

    circular3
    3 = make + the rounds, range, pump, cruise, drive, drive along.

    Ex: You may have seen the lines making the rounds of library e-mail: 'A Zen librarian searched for 'nothing' on the Internet and received 28 million hits'.

    Ex: We will be bringing scholars from all over the world both to range widely in our multiform collections and put things together rather than just take them apart.
    Ex: All air entering the building should be pumped through tanks of water to remove pollutants.
    Ex: The system also has an add-on, which allows users with low vision to cruise the Internet using a low vision interface.
    Ex: Tomás Hernández drove cautiously in the torrential rain, trying not to swerve on the slick pavement of the turnpike.
    Ex: A motorist who drove along 20ft of a railway line told police officers his sat nav had directed him to turn on to the track.
    * apto para circular = roadworthy.
    * circulaba el rumor de que = rumour had it that.
    * circula el rumor de que = rumour has it that.
    * circular de uno a otro = flow + back and forth.
    * circular libremente = wander + at large.
    * circular por = navigate (through).
    * dejar de circular = drop out of + circulation.
    * hacer circular = pass around.
    * hacer circular por = circulate round.
    * rumor + circular = rumour + circulate.

    * * *
    1 ‹movimiento› circular
    de forma circular circular, round
    2 ‹ruta› circular
    circular2 [A1 ]
    vi
    A «sangre/savia» to circulate, flow; «agua/corriente» to flow
    B
    1 «transeúnte/peatón» to walk
    el tráfico circulaba a 25 km/h the traffic was traveling at 25 kph
    circulan por la izquierda they drive on the left
    apenas circulaba gente por las calles there was hardly anybody (walking) in the streets
    ¡circulen, por favor! move along please!
    2 «autobús/tren» (estar de servicio) to run, operate
    el autobús que circula entre estas dos poblaciones the bus which runs o operates between these two towns
    C «dinero/billete/sello» to be in circulation
    D «noticia/rumor» to circulate, go around ( colloq)
    circulan rumores sobre su divorcio there are rumors going around o circulating about their divorce
    ■ circular
    vt
    to circulate
    circular
    * * *

     

    circular 1 adjetivo
    circular;

    ■ sustantivo femenino
    circular
    circular 2 ( conjugate circular) verbo intransitivo
    a) [sangre/savia] to circulate, flow;

    [agua/corriente] to flow
    b) [transeúnte/peatón] to walk;

    ( referido al tráfico):

    c) [autobús/tren] ( estar de servicio) to run, operate

    d) [dinero/billete/sello] to be in circulation

    e) [noticia/rumor/memo] to circulate, go around

    verbo transitivo
    to circulate
    circular
    I adj (con forma de círculo) circular
    II f (notificación) circular
    III verbo intransitivo
    1 (la sangre) to circulate
    (un líquido, el aire) to flow
    2 (tren, autobús) to run: los coches circulaban a gran velocidad, the cars were being driven very fast
    (un peatón) to walk: peatón, circule por la izquierda, (en letrero) pedestrians, keep left
    3 fig (difundirse un rumor) to go round
    (moneda) to be in circulation
    ' circular' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    rotonda
    - redondel
    English:
    bandy about
    - circular
    - circulate
    - flow
    - get about
    - go about
    - move along
    - move on
    - pass round
    - pie chart
    - put about
    - roadworthy
    - run
    - disk
    - mingle
    - move
    - road
    - round
    - socialize
    * * *
    adj
    circular
    nf
    circular
    vi
    1. [líquido] to flow, to circulate ( por through); [aire] to circulate;
    abre la ventana para que circule el aire open the window to let some air in
    2. [persona] to move, to walk ( por around);
    ¡por favor, circulen! move along, please!
    3. [vehículos] to drive ( por along);
    este autobús no circula hoy this bus isn't running today;
    el tren de alta velocidad circula a 200 km/h the high-speed train travels at 200 km/h;
    en el Reino Unido se circula por la izquierda they drive on the left in the United Kingdom
    4. [moneda] to be in circulation
    5. [capital, dinero] to circulate
    6. [difundirse] to go round;
    circula el rumor de que ha muerto there's a rumour going round that he's died;
    la noticia circuló rápidamente the news quickly got round
    vt
    [de mano en mano] to circulate;
    hicieron circular un documento secreto entre los periodistas they had a secret document circulated among the press
    * * *
    I adj circular
    II f circular
    III v/i
    1 circulate
    2 AUTO drive, travel
    3 de persona move (along);
    ¡circulen! move along!
    * * *
    1) : to circulate
    2) : to move along
    3) : to drive
    : circular
    : circular, flier
    * * *
    1. (sangre) to circulate
    2. (coche) to drive [pt. drove; pp. driven]
    circulan muchos coches por esta calle a lot of cars use this street / this is a very busy street
    3. (tren, autobús) to run [pt. ran; pp. run] / to operate
    1.700 autobuses circulan por la capital there are 1,700 buses operating in the capital
    4. (rumor) to go round

    Spanish-English dictionary > circular

  • 115 как две капли воды

    (похожи, схожи и т. п.)
    разг.
    cf. nothing (not much, not a pin, not a hap'orth) to choose between them; as like as two peas < in a pod>; as like smb. as if one had been spit out of his (her) mouth; for all the world like smb., smth.; about and about Amer.

    - Ваш характер я считаю совершенно сходным с моим, и очень рада; как две капли воды. (Ф. Достоевский, Идиот) — 'I consider that you have the same kind of nature as I have, and I'm glad of it - we are as like as two peas.'

    Если добавить, что росту Евсюков малого, сложения сбитого и представляет всей фигурою правильный овал, то в малиновой куртке и штанах похож - две капли воды - на пасхальное крашеное яйцо. (Б. Лавренёв, Сорок первый) — If to this we add that he was short in stature and voluminous in circumference and that his figure made a perfect oval, it can instantly be seen that in his crimson jacket and breeches he looked for all the world like an animated Easter egg.

    Всё у них было одинаковым: волосы, глаза, носы, рты. Полная одинаковость - как две капли воды. (А. Рекемчук, Мальчики) — Everything about them was the same: hair, eyes, noses and mouths. They were like two peas in a pod.

    Русско-английский фразеологический словарь > как две капли воды

  • 116 מני

    מני, מָנָה(b. h.) to divide, distribute; to count. Bekh IX, 7 ומוֹנֶה בשבט אחדוכ׳ (Bab. ed. 58b ומונין א׳) and he counts with the rod, one, two Ib. מְנָאָם רביצין if he counted them while they were crouching. Shebu.34a bot. מָנֶה מָנִיתִי לךוכ׳ (not מְנִיתִיךָ, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note) I counted (delivered) to thee a Maneh (as a loan) in the presence ; ib.b R. Hash. 12a חכמי ישראל מוֹנִין למבולוכ׳ the Jewish scholars count the dates of the flood in accordance with R. El. (beginning the year with Tishri), and the astronomical calendar in accordance with R. J. (beginning with Nisan). Pesik. R. s. 15, beg. אין מונין ללבנהוכ׳ we count by the moon (fix the date of the new month) only when seen after sunset. Succ.29a, a. fr. מונין ללבנה regulate the seasons by the moon (have a lunar year). Men. 65b, a. e. מְנֵה ימיםוכ׳ count the required number of days and proclaim (one day as) the New Moon Day. Yoma V, 3; a. fr.Part. pass. מָנוּי; f. מְנוּיָה; pl. מְנוּיִים, מְנוּיִין, מְנוּיִן; מְנוּיוֹת a) counted. Taan.8b דבר המ׳ that which has been counted (is known by number). Bekh.IX, 7 אחד מן המ׳ one of the sheep already counted.b) classified; (pl.) class. Ḥag.17b מה חדש למְנוּיָיו אף עצרת למְנוּיָיו ( עצרת = שבוע של ע׳) as the New Moon festival belongs to its class (of days), so does the Pentecost (which is determined by counting weeks) belong to its class (of weeks), i. e. the pilgrims sacrifice ( חגיגה) may be offered during the entire eighth week from Passover; R. Hash. 5a למְנוּיָו.c) (v. Nif.) entered for a share in the sacrifice. Zeb.V, 8 אינו נאכל אלא למנויו can be partaken of only by those registered for it. Pes.V, 3 (61a) שחטו שלא לאוכליו ושלא למנוייו (Bab. ed. למנויו) if while slaughtering he had in mind such as were unable to partake of it (sick persons) or such as had not been registered for it. Ib. 61a bot. איתקש אוכלין למנויין (Ms. M. אוכליו למנוייו) the partakers (to be held in mind) are analogous to the registered. Ib. 70a אינה … למְנוּיֶהָ Ms. M. (ed. incorr. למנוייו, למנויו) it (the pilgrims sacrifice) can only be partaken of by those registered for it; a. fr. Nif. נִמְנֶה, נִי׳ 1) to be counted. Num. R. s. 1 אינן נִמְנִים ולא נמדדין are neither numbered nor measured. Bets.3b, a. e. את שדרכו לִימָּנוֹת, v. אֵת. Gitt.V, 6 נִמְנוּ (usu. נמנו וגמרו) they (their votes) were counted, they resolved, v. גָּמַר II; a. fr. 2) to be counted on for a share in the Passover lamb, to be registered (Ex. 12:4). Pes.VIII, 3 לעולם נִימְנִין עליווכ׳ persons may continually be entered for a share in it, as long as there remains for each Ib. נימנין ומושכיןוכ׳ they may be entered and withdraw again. Ib. 89a אבל לִימָּנוֹת but as for registering (additional names). Tosef. ib. VII, 7 רצו להמשך ולהִמָּנוֹתוכ׳ (ed. Zuck. incorr.) if some of them wish to withdraw and have others entered on their share ; a. fr. 3) to be specified. Y.Taan.IV, 68b (ref. to Mish. IV, 5) מה ראה … להִימָּנוֹת what reason was there for that specification of the time when each family of priests and the people had to offer wood?; Y.Shek.IV, beg.47d; Y.Meg.I, 70c top. Hif. הִמְנָה, הִי׳ to cause to be entered; to add to the number of sharers; to transmit ones share to another person. Y.Pes.VIII, 36a top חי׳ אותו על חנם he gave him a share gratuitously. Tosef. ib. l. c. בני חבורה שרצו להַמְנוֹתוכ׳ (ed. Zuck. לַמְנוֹת) members of a party who desire to give others a share in their own portion. Ib. המַמְנֶה אחרים על חלקו (ed. Zuck. פסחו) he who assigns to others a share in his portion; a. fr. Hof. הוּמְנֶה to be added to the number; to be entered as a member of a group or of a family. Tosef. ib. 3 ה׳ על אחד מהם if he (the orphan) has been entered as his guest by one of the guardians. Ib. 6 בני חבורה שהוּמְנוּוכ׳ ed. Zuck. (oth. ed. שנמנו) members of a group who have been entered (in a body) in addition to the original participants; a. e. Pi. מִנָּה, מִי׳ to appoint, elect. Gitt.V, 4 שמי׳ להן אביהןוכ׳ for whom their father had appointed an executor. Ib. שמִינָּהוּ אביוכ׳ whom the father … has appointed. Taan.10b כל שראוי למַנּיתיוכ׳ who is worthy to be elected manager ; a. fr.Part. pass. מְמוּנֶּה; pl. מְמוּנִּים. Sot.42a למה סגן ממ׳ for what purpose is a deputy high priest appointed?; Yoma 39a מימינו ed. (corr. acc.; v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note); a. fr.Hor.13b שאביהם ממונים פרנסוכ׳ Ms. M. (ed. שממ׳ אביהם, = מן הממונים) whose father is of those worthy to be elected manager (v. Taan. l. c.).V. מְמוּנֶּה.Esp. to ordain as teacher and judge. Y.Snh.I, 19a bot. ב״ד שמי׳ שלאוכ׳ a court that ordained without the consent of the Nasi. Ib. היה כל אחד מְמַנֶּהוכ׳ each teacher used to ordain his own pupils; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְמַנֶּה, Nithpa. נִתְמַנֶּה 1) to be appointed, designated as deputy, to be ordained. Sifra Aḥăré Par. 5, ch. VIII לרבות כהן אחר המִתְמַנֶּה to imply the other priest that is designated as a deputy. Y.Bicc.III, 65d top חכםשנ׳וכ׳ when a scholar is ordained, his sins are forgiven. Ib. זה שהוא מתמ׳ בכסףוכ׳ (not מתמני) before him who has been ordained for money, we must not stand up, nor do we call him rabbi, and the cloak upon him is like the cover of ass. Yoma 22b. Y.Shek.V, 48d bot. מאי אם זהשנ׳ על … אתם שאתם מִתְמַכִּיןוכ׳ if this one appointed superintendent of wicks, was privileged to be counted among the great of the generation, how much more you who are to be appointed over the preservation of lives (as directors of charities). R. Hash. II, 9 (25a) שנִתְמַנּוּב״ד עלוכ׳ Ms. O. (ed. שעמדו, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note 90) who have been ordained as a court for all Israel; a. fr. 2) (of things) to be assigned. Tosef.Sot.VII, 20 נִתְמַנָּה לאדם פרנסהוכ׳ if a livelihood has been assigned to a man (by Providence, i. e. if he has succeeded in establishing a livelihood), he must buy a house; חזר נ׳ לו יקחוכ׳ (v. ed. Zuckerm. note) if more has been provided for him, he must buy a field … and then marry a wife.

    Jewish literature > מני

  • 117 מנה

    מני, מָנָה(b. h.) to divide, distribute; to count. Bekh IX, 7 ומוֹנֶה בשבט אחדוכ׳ (Bab. ed. 58b ומונין א׳) and he counts with the rod, one, two Ib. מְנָאָם רביצין if he counted them while they were crouching. Shebu.34a bot. מָנֶה מָנִיתִי לךוכ׳ (not מְנִיתִיךָ, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note) I counted (delivered) to thee a Maneh (as a loan) in the presence ; ib.b R. Hash. 12a חכמי ישראל מוֹנִין למבולוכ׳ the Jewish scholars count the dates of the flood in accordance with R. El. (beginning the year with Tishri), and the astronomical calendar in accordance with R. J. (beginning with Nisan). Pesik. R. s. 15, beg. אין מונין ללבנהוכ׳ we count by the moon (fix the date of the new month) only when seen after sunset. Succ.29a, a. fr. מונין ללבנה regulate the seasons by the moon (have a lunar year). Men. 65b, a. e. מְנֵה ימיםוכ׳ count the required number of days and proclaim (one day as) the New Moon Day. Yoma V, 3; a. fr.Part. pass. מָנוּי; f. מְנוּיָה; pl. מְנוּיִים, מְנוּיִין, מְנוּיִן; מְנוּיוֹת a) counted. Taan.8b דבר המ׳ that which has been counted (is known by number). Bekh.IX, 7 אחד מן המ׳ one of the sheep already counted.b) classified; (pl.) class. Ḥag.17b מה חדש למְנוּיָיו אף עצרת למְנוּיָיו ( עצרת = שבוע של ע׳) as the New Moon festival belongs to its class (of days), so does the Pentecost (which is determined by counting weeks) belong to its class (of weeks), i. e. the pilgrims sacrifice ( חגיגה) may be offered during the entire eighth week from Passover; R. Hash. 5a למְנוּיָו.c) (v. Nif.) entered for a share in the sacrifice. Zeb.V, 8 אינו נאכל אלא למנויו can be partaken of only by those registered for it. Pes.V, 3 (61a) שחטו שלא לאוכליו ושלא למנוייו (Bab. ed. למנויו) if while slaughtering he had in mind such as were unable to partake of it (sick persons) or such as had not been registered for it. Ib. 61a bot. איתקש אוכלין למנויין (Ms. M. אוכליו למנוייו) the partakers (to be held in mind) are analogous to the registered. Ib. 70a אינה … למְנוּיֶהָ Ms. M. (ed. incorr. למנוייו, למנויו) it (the pilgrims sacrifice) can only be partaken of by those registered for it; a. fr. Nif. נִמְנֶה, נִי׳ 1) to be counted. Num. R. s. 1 אינן נִמְנִים ולא נמדדין are neither numbered nor measured. Bets.3b, a. e. את שדרכו לִימָּנוֹת, v. אֵת. Gitt.V, 6 נִמְנוּ (usu. נמנו וגמרו) they (their votes) were counted, they resolved, v. גָּמַר II; a. fr. 2) to be counted on for a share in the Passover lamb, to be registered (Ex. 12:4). Pes.VIII, 3 לעולם נִימְנִין עליווכ׳ persons may continually be entered for a share in it, as long as there remains for each Ib. נימנין ומושכיןוכ׳ they may be entered and withdraw again. Ib. 89a אבל לִימָּנוֹת but as for registering (additional names). Tosef. ib. VII, 7 רצו להמשך ולהִמָּנוֹתוכ׳ (ed. Zuck. incorr.) if some of them wish to withdraw and have others entered on their share ; a. fr. 3) to be specified. Y.Taan.IV, 68b (ref. to Mish. IV, 5) מה ראה … להִימָּנוֹת what reason was there for that specification of the time when each family of priests and the people had to offer wood?; Y.Shek.IV, beg.47d; Y.Meg.I, 70c top. Hif. הִמְנָה, הִי׳ to cause to be entered; to add to the number of sharers; to transmit ones share to another person. Y.Pes.VIII, 36a top חי׳ אותו על חנם he gave him a share gratuitously. Tosef. ib. l. c. בני חבורה שרצו להַמְנוֹתוכ׳ (ed. Zuck. לַמְנוֹת) members of a party who desire to give others a share in their own portion. Ib. המַמְנֶה אחרים על חלקו (ed. Zuck. פסחו) he who assigns to others a share in his portion; a. fr. Hof. הוּמְנֶה to be added to the number; to be entered as a member of a group or of a family. Tosef. ib. 3 ה׳ על אחד מהם if he (the orphan) has been entered as his guest by one of the guardians. Ib. 6 בני חבורה שהוּמְנוּוכ׳ ed. Zuck. (oth. ed. שנמנו) members of a group who have been entered (in a body) in addition to the original participants; a. e. Pi. מִנָּה, מִי׳ to appoint, elect. Gitt.V, 4 שמי׳ להן אביהןוכ׳ for whom their father had appointed an executor. Ib. שמִינָּהוּ אביוכ׳ whom the father … has appointed. Taan.10b כל שראוי למַנּיתיוכ׳ who is worthy to be elected manager ; a. fr.Part. pass. מְמוּנֶּה; pl. מְמוּנִּים. Sot.42a למה סגן ממ׳ for what purpose is a deputy high priest appointed?; Yoma 39a מימינו ed. (corr. acc.; v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note); a. fr.Hor.13b שאביהם ממונים פרנסוכ׳ Ms. M. (ed. שממ׳ אביהם, = מן הממונים) whose father is of those worthy to be elected manager (v. Taan. l. c.).V. מְמוּנֶּה.Esp. to ordain as teacher and judge. Y.Snh.I, 19a bot. ב״ד שמי׳ שלאוכ׳ a court that ordained without the consent of the Nasi. Ib. היה כל אחד מְמַנֶּהוכ׳ each teacher used to ordain his own pupils; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְמַנֶּה, Nithpa. נִתְמַנֶּה 1) to be appointed, designated as deputy, to be ordained. Sifra Aḥăré Par. 5, ch. VIII לרבות כהן אחר המִתְמַנֶּה to imply the other priest that is designated as a deputy. Y.Bicc.III, 65d top חכםשנ׳וכ׳ when a scholar is ordained, his sins are forgiven. Ib. זה שהוא מתמ׳ בכסףוכ׳ (not מתמני) before him who has been ordained for money, we must not stand up, nor do we call him rabbi, and the cloak upon him is like the cover of ass. Yoma 22b. Y.Shek.V, 48d bot. מאי אם זהשנ׳ על … אתם שאתם מִתְמַכִּיןוכ׳ if this one appointed superintendent of wicks, was privileged to be counted among the great of the generation, how much more you who are to be appointed over the preservation of lives (as directors of charities). R. Hash. II, 9 (25a) שנִתְמַנּוּב״ד עלוכ׳ Ms. O. (ed. שעמדו, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note 90) who have been ordained as a court for all Israel; a. fr. 2) (of things) to be assigned. Tosef.Sot.VII, 20 נִתְמַנָּה לאדם פרנסהוכ׳ if a livelihood has been assigned to a man (by Providence, i. e. if he has succeeded in establishing a livelihood), he must buy a house; חזר נ׳ לו יקחוכ׳ (v. ed. Zuckerm. note) if more has been provided for him, he must buy a field … and then marry a wife.

    Jewish literature > מנה

  • 118 מָנָה

    מני, מָנָה(b. h.) to divide, distribute; to count. Bekh IX, 7 ומוֹנֶה בשבט אחדוכ׳ (Bab. ed. 58b ומונין א׳) and he counts with the rod, one, two Ib. מְנָאָם רביצין if he counted them while they were crouching. Shebu.34a bot. מָנֶה מָנִיתִי לךוכ׳ (not מְנִיתִיךָ, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note) I counted (delivered) to thee a Maneh (as a loan) in the presence ; ib.b R. Hash. 12a חכמי ישראל מוֹנִין למבולוכ׳ the Jewish scholars count the dates of the flood in accordance with R. El. (beginning the year with Tishri), and the astronomical calendar in accordance with R. J. (beginning with Nisan). Pesik. R. s. 15, beg. אין מונין ללבנהוכ׳ we count by the moon (fix the date of the new month) only when seen after sunset. Succ.29a, a. fr. מונין ללבנה regulate the seasons by the moon (have a lunar year). Men. 65b, a. e. מְנֵה ימיםוכ׳ count the required number of days and proclaim (one day as) the New Moon Day. Yoma V, 3; a. fr.Part. pass. מָנוּי; f. מְנוּיָה; pl. מְנוּיִים, מְנוּיִין, מְנוּיִן; מְנוּיוֹת a) counted. Taan.8b דבר המ׳ that which has been counted (is known by number). Bekh.IX, 7 אחד מן המ׳ one of the sheep already counted.b) classified; (pl.) class. Ḥag.17b מה חדש למְנוּיָיו אף עצרת למְנוּיָיו ( עצרת = שבוע של ע׳) as the New Moon festival belongs to its class (of days), so does the Pentecost (which is determined by counting weeks) belong to its class (of weeks), i. e. the pilgrims sacrifice ( חגיגה) may be offered during the entire eighth week from Passover; R. Hash. 5a למְנוּיָו.c) (v. Nif.) entered for a share in the sacrifice. Zeb.V, 8 אינו נאכל אלא למנויו can be partaken of only by those registered for it. Pes.V, 3 (61a) שחטו שלא לאוכליו ושלא למנוייו (Bab. ed. למנויו) if while slaughtering he had in mind such as were unable to partake of it (sick persons) or such as had not been registered for it. Ib. 61a bot. איתקש אוכלין למנויין (Ms. M. אוכליו למנוייו) the partakers (to be held in mind) are analogous to the registered. Ib. 70a אינה … למְנוּיֶהָ Ms. M. (ed. incorr. למנוייו, למנויו) it (the pilgrims sacrifice) can only be partaken of by those registered for it; a. fr. Nif. נִמְנֶה, נִי׳ 1) to be counted. Num. R. s. 1 אינן נִמְנִים ולא נמדדין are neither numbered nor measured. Bets.3b, a. e. את שדרכו לִימָּנוֹת, v. אֵת. Gitt.V, 6 נִמְנוּ (usu. נמנו וגמרו) they (their votes) were counted, they resolved, v. גָּמַר II; a. fr. 2) to be counted on for a share in the Passover lamb, to be registered (Ex. 12:4). Pes.VIII, 3 לעולם נִימְנִין עליווכ׳ persons may continually be entered for a share in it, as long as there remains for each Ib. נימנין ומושכיןוכ׳ they may be entered and withdraw again. Ib. 89a אבל לִימָּנוֹת but as for registering (additional names). Tosef. ib. VII, 7 רצו להמשך ולהִמָּנוֹתוכ׳ (ed. Zuck. incorr.) if some of them wish to withdraw and have others entered on their share ; a. fr. 3) to be specified. Y.Taan.IV, 68b (ref. to Mish. IV, 5) מה ראה … להִימָּנוֹת what reason was there for that specification of the time when each family of priests and the people had to offer wood?; Y.Shek.IV, beg.47d; Y.Meg.I, 70c top. Hif. הִמְנָה, הִי׳ to cause to be entered; to add to the number of sharers; to transmit ones share to another person. Y.Pes.VIII, 36a top חי׳ אותו על חנם he gave him a share gratuitously. Tosef. ib. l. c. בני חבורה שרצו להַמְנוֹתוכ׳ (ed. Zuck. לַמְנוֹת) members of a party who desire to give others a share in their own portion. Ib. המַמְנֶה אחרים על חלקו (ed. Zuck. פסחו) he who assigns to others a share in his portion; a. fr. Hof. הוּמְנֶה to be added to the number; to be entered as a member of a group or of a family. Tosef. ib. 3 ה׳ על אחד מהם if he (the orphan) has been entered as his guest by one of the guardians. Ib. 6 בני חבורה שהוּמְנוּוכ׳ ed. Zuck. (oth. ed. שנמנו) members of a group who have been entered (in a body) in addition to the original participants; a. e. Pi. מִנָּה, מִי׳ to appoint, elect. Gitt.V, 4 שמי׳ להן אביהןוכ׳ for whom their father had appointed an executor. Ib. שמִינָּהוּ אביוכ׳ whom the father … has appointed. Taan.10b כל שראוי למַנּיתיוכ׳ who is worthy to be elected manager ; a. fr.Part. pass. מְמוּנֶּה; pl. מְמוּנִּים. Sot.42a למה סגן ממ׳ for what purpose is a deputy high priest appointed?; Yoma 39a מימינו ed. (corr. acc.; v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note); a. fr.Hor.13b שאביהם ממונים פרנסוכ׳ Ms. M. (ed. שממ׳ אביהם, = מן הממונים) whose father is of those worthy to be elected manager (v. Taan. l. c.).V. מְמוּנֶּה.Esp. to ordain as teacher and judge. Y.Snh.I, 19a bot. ב״ד שמי׳ שלאוכ׳ a court that ordained without the consent of the Nasi. Ib. היה כל אחד מְמַנֶּהוכ׳ each teacher used to ordain his own pupils; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְמַנֶּה, Nithpa. נִתְמַנֶּה 1) to be appointed, designated as deputy, to be ordained. Sifra Aḥăré Par. 5, ch. VIII לרבות כהן אחר המִתְמַנֶּה to imply the other priest that is designated as a deputy. Y.Bicc.III, 65d top חכםשנ׳וכ׳ when a scholar is ordained, his sins are forgiven. Ib. זה שהוא מתמ׳ בכסףוכ׳ (not מתמני) before him who has been ordained for money, we must not stand up, nor do we call him rabbi, and the cloak upon him is like the cover of ass. Yoma 22b. Y.Shek.V, 48d bot. מאי אם זהשנ׳ על … אתם שאתם מִתְמַכִּיןוכ׳ if this one appointed superintendent of wicks, was privileged to be counted among the great of the generation, how much more you who are to be appointed over the preservation of lives (as directors of charities). R. Hash. II, 9 (25a) שנִתְמַנּוּב״ד עלוכ׳ Ms. O. (ed. שעמדו, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note 90) who have been ordained as a court for all Israel; a. fr. 2) (of things) to be assigned. Tosef.Sot.VII, 20 נִתְמַנָּה לאדם פרנסהוכ׳ if a livelihood has been assigned to a man (by Providence, i. e. if he has succeeded in establishing a livelihood), he must buy a house; חזר נ׳ לו יקחוכ׳ (v. ed. Zuckerm. note) if more has been provided for him, he must buy a field … and then marry a wife.

    Jewish literature > מָנָה

  • 119 פסל

    פָּסַל(b. h.) 1) to cut, chip, hew, trim. Tanḥ. ʿEḳeb 9 (ref. to Koh. 3:5) עת היה לִפְסוֹל שניוכ׳ the time came to hew other two tablets (in place of the broken). Ib. מתחת כסא הכבוד פְּסָלָן he hewed them from under the throne of glory. Ab. Zar.52a (ref. to Deut. 7:25) משפְּסָלוֹ נעשה אלוה as soon as a gentile has done chiselling on it, it becomes a deity (an idol forbidden to Jews for any use); ib. פסלו לאלוה לאוכ׳ when the gentile has hewed it for a god, thou shalt not covet it; פסלו מאלוה ולקחת לך when he chips it so as to unfit it as an idol (v. infra), thou mayest take it unto thyself; a. e.Part. pass. פָּסוּל; f. פְּסוּלָה; pl. פְּסוּלִים, פְּסוּלִין; פְּסוּלוֹת a) chiselled, chipped. Lev. R. s. 22 אבנים פ׳ chipped stones (unfit for the altar); a. e.b) (cmp. פָּגַם) defective, unfit, disqualified, v. פָּסוּל. 2) (denom. of פָּסוּל) to disqualify, to be the cause of disqualification of; to declare unfit. Ḥull.III, 12 פּוֹסְלִין, v. כָּשֵׁר I. Ab. Zar. l. c. מניין לנכרי שפּוֹסֵל אלוהו how will you prove that a gentile can cancel his deity (by disfiguring it)? Kidd.70a אוי לו לפוסל את זרעו ולפוגםוכ׳ woe to him who causes his descendants to be disqualified and his family to be tarnished. Ib. כל הפוסל פסול he who tarnishes (casts suspicion on the purity of a family) is himself tarnished (of spurious descent); במומו פוסל he charges others with his own defect. Ex. R. s. 1 החזירתו … ופ׳ את כלן she (Pharaohs daughter) took him (the infant Moses) around to all Egyptian women to give him suck, but he rejected all of them (refused to take their breasts); ולמה פְסָלָן and why did he reject them? Snh.III, 1 זה פוֹסֵל דיינו של זהוכ׳ each has a right to reject the judge chosen by the other; אם היו כשרים … אינו יכול לפוֹסְלָן if they are fit (not legally disqualified) or authorized, he cannot reject them. Ib. זה פוסל עדיווכ׳ every witness in a case may help by his testimony to disqualify the opposing partys witnesses. R. Hash. I, 7 קבלו … ופָסְלוּוכ׳ they accepted as witnesses himself and his son, and rejected his slave. Mikv. II, 4 פּוֹסְלִין את המקוה are sufficient to make the pond unfit for ritual immersion. Ib. VII, 5 לא פְסָלוּהוּ they do not make the blood unfit. Zeb.I, 4 המחשבה פוֹסֶלֶת the improper intention makes the sacrifice unfit. Succ.II, 7, a. e. בית שמאי פוסלין the school of Sh. declares such a Succah to be ritually unfit; a. v. fr.Trnsf. to cancel, abrogate. B. Kam.97a פְּסָלַתּוּ מלכות the government cancelled the coin; פסלתו מדינה the inhabitants of the district refused to pass it.Gen. R. s. 30, beg. כל מקום שנאמר אלה פ׳ את הראשוניםוכ׳ wherever the Biblical text has ‘these, it is meant to cancel (exclude) the preceding; wherever it has ‘and these, it is to add to the preceding; Ex. R. s. 1 אלה תולדות … פ׳וכ׳ ‘these are the origins of heaven and earth (Gen. 2:4), this excludes the time of chaos; a. fr. Nif. נִפִסַל 1) to be hewn, sculptured. Sifra Kdosh. beg. פסל על שהם נִפְסָלִין idols are named pesel, because they are sculptured; (Yalk. Lev. 604 פסולין). 2) to be disqualified, made unfit, declared unfit. Zeb.I, 4 הזבח נ׳ ארבעהוכ׳ a sacrifice may become unfit by improper actions in four stages, at the slaughtering Pes.15b; 45b הפת … ונִפְסְלָה מלאכול if bread becomes mouldy and unfit for man to eat. Toh. VIII, 6 עד שיִפָּסֵל מאוכל הכלב until it becomes unfit for a dog to eat; Y.Ḥall.IV, 60a top עד שתִּפְסוֹל. Men.100a, v. פְּסוֹל. Num. R. s. 6 end לא היו נִפְסָלִים אלא בקול they (the Levites) became unfit for service only when they lost their voice for song. B. Kam.IX, 2 נִפְסְלָה מעל גבי המזבח became unfit for the altar; a. fr.Trnsf. to be cancelled, abrogated. B. Kam. l. c. (גזל) מטבע ונ׳ if one stole a coin, and it was invalidated (before he made the restitution). Snh.104b (expl. סִלָּה, Lam. 1:15) כאדם שאומר לחברו נפסלה מטבע זו as one says to his neighbor, this coin is worthless; v. סָלָא; a. e. Pi. פִּיסֵּל to cut off dry twigs, to trim. Shebi. II, 3 מְפַסְּלִין עדוכ׳ (in the ante-Sabbatical year) you may trim trees up to New Year, v. פִּיסּוּל. Mikv. IX, 7 מְפַסְּלי אילנות trimmers of trees. Y.Sabb.VII, 10a top; a. e.Yalk. Deut. 942 מְפַסְּלוֹ במעצד he chips it (the crooked staff) with the adze; Sifré ib. 308 מפתלו (corr. acc.). Hif. הִפְסִיל to find fault, to speak contemptuously. Koh. R. to XI, 9 שהיה מַפְסִיל בנשיםוכ׳ who used to find fault with women (considering none good enough for him as wife), and was a profligate.(Part. pass. מוּפְסָל, v. next w.

    Jewish literature > פסל

  • 120 פָּסַל

    פָּסַל(b. h.) 1) to cut, chip, hew, trim. Tanḥ. ʿEḳeb 9 (ref. to Koh. 3:5) עת היה לִפְסוֹל שניוכ׳ the time came to hew other two tablets (in place of the broken). Ib. מתחת כסא הכבוד פְּסָלָן he hewed them from under the throne of glory. Ab. Zar.52a (ref. to Deut. 7:25) משפְּסָלוֹ נעשה אלוה as soon as a gentile has done chiselling on it, it becomes a deity (an idol forbidden to Jews for any use); ib. פסלו לאלוה לאוכ׳ when the gentile has hewed it for a god, thou shalt not covet it; פסלו מאלוה ולקחת לך when he chips it so as to unfit it as an idol (v. infra), thou mayest take it unto thyself; a. e.Part. pass. פָּסוּל; f. פְּסוּלָה; pl. פְּסוּלִים, פְּסוּלִין; פְּסוּלוֹת a) chiselled, chipped. Lev. R. s. 22 אבנים פ׳ chipped stones (unfit for the altar); a. e.b) (cmp. פָּגַם) defective, unfit, disqualified, v. פָּסוּל. 2) (denom. of פָּסוּל) to disqualify, to be the cause of disqualification of; to declare unfit. Ḥull.III, 12 פּוֹסְלִין, v. כָּשֵׁר I. Ab. Zar. l. c. מניין לנכרי שפּוֹסֵל אלוהו how will you prove that a gentile can cancel his deity (by disfiguring it)? Kidd.70a אוי לו לפוסל את זרעו ולפוגםוכ׳ woe to him who causes his descendants to be disqualified and his family to be tarnished. Ib. כל הפוסל פסול he who tarnishes (casts suspicion on the purity of a family) is himself tarnished (of spurious descent); במומו פוסל he charges others with his own defect. Ex. R. s. 1 החזירתו … ופ׳ את כלן she (Pharaohs daughter) took him (the infant Moses) around to all Egyptian women to give him suck, but he rejected all of them (refused to take their breasts); ולמה פְסָלָן and why did he reject them? Snh.III, 1 זה פוֹסֵל דיינו של זהוכ׳ each has a right to reject the judge chosen by the other; אם היו כשרים … אינו יכול לפוֹסְלָן if they are fit (not legally disqualified) or authorized, he cannot reject them. Ib. זה פוסל עדיווכ׳ every witness in a case may help by his testimony to disqualify the opposing partys witnesses. R. Hash. I, 7 קבלו … ופָסְלוּוכ׳ they accepted as witnesses himself and his son, and rejected his slave. Mikv. II, 4 פּוֹסְלִין את המקוה are sufficient to make the pond unfit for ritual immersion. Ib. VII, 5 לא פְסָלוּהוּ they do not make the blood unfit. Zeb.I, 4 המחשבה פוֹסֶלֶת the improper intention makes the sacrifice unfit. Succ.II, 7, a. e. בית שמאי פוסלין the school of Sh. declares such a Succah to be ritually unfit; a. v. fr.Trnsf. to cancel, abrogate. B. Kam.97a פְּסָלַתּוּ מלכות the government cancelled the coin; פסלתו מדינה the inhabitants of the district refused to pass it.Gen. R. s. 30, beg. כל מקום שנאמר אלה פ׳ את הראשוניםוכ׳ wherever the Biblical text has ‘these, it is meant to cancel (exclude) the preceding; wherever it has ‘and these, it is to add to the preceding; Ex. R. s. 1 אלה תולדות … פ׳וכ׳ ‘these are the origins of heaven and earth (Gen. 2:4), this excludes the time of chaos; a. fr. Nif. נִפִסַל 1) to be hewn, sculptured. Sifra Kdosh. beg. פסל על שהם נִפְסָלִין idols are named pesel, because they are sculptured; (Yalk. Lev. 604 פסולין). 2) to be disqualified, made unfit, declared unfit. Zeb.I, 4 הזבח נ׳ ארבעהוכ׳ a sacrifice may become unfit by improper actions in four stages, at the slaughtering Pes.15b; 45b הפת … ונִפְסְלָה מלאכול if bread becomes mouldy and unfit for man to eat. Toh. VIII, 6 עד שיִפָּסֵל מאוכל הכלב until it becomes unfit for a dog to eat; Y.Ḥall.IV, 60a top עד שתִּפְסוֹל. Men.100a, v. פְּסוֹל. Num. R. s. 6 end לא היו נִפְסָלִים אלא בקול they (the Levites) became unfit for service only when they lost their voice for song. B. Kam.IX, 2 נִפְסְלָה מעל גבי המזבח became unfit for the altar; a. fr.Trnsf. to be cancelled, abrogated. B. Kam. l. c. (גזל) מטבע ונ׳ if one stole a coin, and it was invalidated (before he made the restitution). Snh.104b (expl. סִלָּה, Lam. 1:15) כאדם שאומר לחברו נפסלה מטבע זו as one says to his neighbor, this coin is worthless; v. סָלָא; a. e. Pi. פִּיסֵּל to cut off dry twigs, to trim. Shebi. II, 3 מְפַסְּלִין עדוכ׳ (in the ante-Sabbatical year) you may trim trees up to New Year, v. פִּיסּוּל. Mikv. IX, 7 מְפַסְּלי אילנות trimmers of trees. Y.Sabb.VII, 10a top; a. e.Yalk. Deut. 942 מְפַסְּלוֹ במעצד he chips it (the crooked staff) with the adze; Sifré ib. 308 מפתלו (corr. acc.). Hif. הִפְסִיל to find fault, to speak contemptuously. Koh. R. to XI, 9 שהיה מַפְסִיל בנשיםוכ׳ who used to find fault with women (considering none good enough for him as wife), and was a profligate.(Part. pass. מוּפְסָל, v. next w.

    Jewish literature > פָּסַל

См. также в других словарях:

  • Brother, Can You Spare Two Dimes? — The Simpsons episode Episode no. 59 Prod. code 8F23 Orig. airdate August 27, 1992 Show runner(s) Al Jean Mike Reiss Written by …   Wikipedia

  • can — I strong UK [kæn] / US weak UK [kən] / US modal verb *** Summary: Can is usually followed by an infinitive without to : I can speak French. Sometimes it is used without a following infinitive: Come and help us, if you can. Can does not change its …   English dictionary

  • can — can1 [ weak kən, strong kæn ] modal verb *** Can is usually followed by an infinitive without to : I can speak French. Sometimes it is used without a following infinitive: Come and help us, if you can. Can does not change its form, so the third… …   Usage of the words and phrases in modern English

  • can */*/*/ — weak [kən] , strong [kæn] modal verb I summary: ■ Can is usually followed by an infinitive without ‘to : I can speak French. Sometimes it is used without a following infinitive: Come and help us, if you can. ■ Can has no participles and no… …   Dictionary for writing and speaking English

  • Two-factor authentication — (TFA, T FA or 2FA) is an approach to authentication which requires the presentation of two different kinds of evidence that someone is who they say they are. It is a part of the broader family of multi factor authentication, which is a defense in …   Wikipedia

  • add — [[t]æ̱d[/t]] ♦ adds, adding, added 1) VERB If you add one thing to another, you put it in or on the other thing, to increase, complete, or improve it. [V n to n] Add the grated cheese to the sauce... [V n to n] Since 1908, chlorine has been added …   English dictionary

  • Are You Experienced — This article is about the album. For the song of the same name, see Are You Experienced? (song). Are You Experienced Studio album by The Jimi Hendrix Experience …   Wikipedia

  • Two-sided market — Two sided markets, also called two sided networks, are economic networks having two distinct user groups that provide each other with network benefits. Example markets include credit cards, comprised of cardholders and merchants; HMOs (patients… …   Wikipedia

  • You're Darn Tootin' — Theatrical poster for You re Darn Tootin (1928) Directed by E. L. Kennedy …   Wikipedia

  • and — W1S1 [ənd, ən strong ænd] conj [: Old English;] 1.) used to join two words, phrases etc referring to things that are related in some way ▪ He s gone to get some fish and chips. ▪ The film starred Jack Lemmon and Shirley Maclaine. ▪ We ve dealt… …   Dictionary of contemporary English

  • Can't Be Tamed — Can t Be Tamed …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»